Categories
Podcast episode

How LBOs, Share Buybacks & Private Equity Revolutionized Corporate America: Don Chew’s Case for Transformation – EP270

Donald Chew discusses the evolution of corporate finance, emphasizing the shift from old-fashioned corporate finance, which focused on steady earnings growth, to modern corporate finance, which aims for high returns on capital. He highlights the decline of conglomerates in the 1970s and the rise of private equity. Despite criticism, Chew argues that modern corporate finance has been a success story, citing the doubling of U.S. public company market capitalization in the 1980s and the significant correlation of R&D and selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) expenses with corporate value. He also addresses the financial crisis, arguing it was due to mispriced mortgages and government policies, not market inefficiencies.  Donald Chew is the founding editor of the Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, and joins show host Gene Tunny to discuss his latest book, The Making of Modern Corporate Finance, published by Columbia University Press.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest: Donald Chew

Don Chew is the founding editor and Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Applied Corporate Finance (JACF), a publication he started almost 30 years ago. He has published over ten books on corporate finance, including The New Corporate Finance: Where Theory Meets Practice and The Revolution in Corporate Finance (with Joel Stern), which are both widely used in business schools throughout the United States and Europe. Don has both a Ph.D. in English and an MBA in finance from the University of Rochester.

Timestamps for EP270

  • Introduction (0:00)
  • The Decline of Conglomerates and the Rise of Modern Corporate Finance (5:58)
  • The Role of Private Equity and Corporate Governance (14:25)
  • The Impact of Modern Corporate Finance on Corporate Value (15:03)
  • The Future of Corporate Finance and Productivity Measurement (16:37)
  • The Role of Corporate Finance in Economic Growth (19:27)
  • The Critique of Modern Corporate Finance and Corporate Social Responsibility (27:26)
  • The Financial Crisis and the Role of Government Policy (35:40)
  • The Future of Corporate Finance and the Role of Private Equity (43:21)

Takeaways

  1. Modern Corporate Finance Principles: The shift from prioritizing steady earnings growth to maximizing long-term firm value has reshaped corporate strategies globally.
  2. The Importance of R&D: Increases in R&D and SG&A spending are now critical indicators of corporate value and long-term success, according to Don Chew.
  3. Private Equity’s Role: Private equity has transformed underperforming companies, streamlining operations and reallocating capital for growth.
  4. The Evolution of Corporate Governance: Shareholder activism has replaced hostile takeovers as the primary tool for enforcing corporate accountability.
  5. ESG and Value Creation: Enlightened value maximization is the idea that corporations can address societal concerns while enhancing long-term profitability.

Links relevant to the conversation

Don Chew’s new book The Making of Modern Corporate Finance:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Making-Modern-Corporate-Finance-History/dp/0231211104

Econometric study of benefits to consumers of Wal-Mart:

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/jae.994

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: How LBOs, Share Buybacks & Private Equity Revolutionized Corporate America: Don Chew’s Case for Transformation – EP270

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Donald Chew  00:03

If you see large increases in R and D and S, G and A, that is kind of the best indicator of increases in corporate value. And it suggests that, you know, corporations, the investors, are recognized the values of these companies, even though it’s not reflected in earnings, and the companies keep pouring more money into it. So you see these PE multiples going through the roof, and you also see lots of companies with negative earnings. You know, in the old days, in the 70s, only 10% of US companies would have negative operating cash flow. Today it’s over 30% of publicly traded companies are losing money every year.

Gene Tunny  00:52

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show you don, hello and welcome to the show. In this episode, I’m thrilled to be joined by Don Chu, a true pioneer in corporate finance. Don’s the founding editor of the Journal of Applied corporate finance, which he launched nearly 30 years ago. He’s also authored or co authored over 10 influential books, including the new corporate finance, where theory meets practice and the revolution in corporate finance. With a PhD in English and an MBA in finance from the University of Rochester, Don brings a unique and deeply informed perspective to the discussion in our conversation, Don shares insights from his latest book, The Making of Modern corporate finance, exploring how the evolution of corporate finance has helped shape today’s global economy. We cover everything from the rise and fall of conglomerates to the role of private equity and the importance of R and D in driving corporate value before we begin a special thanks to Lumo coffee for sponsoring this episode. Their premium organic coffee source from the highlands of Peru is packed with healthy antioxidants, economics explore. Listeners can enjoy a 10% discount. Details are in the show notes. Now let’s dive into the conversation. I hope you enjoy it. Donald chew, welcome to the program. Great

Donald Chew  02:35

to be here. Thanks for the invitation.

Gene Tunny  02:38

Of course, we’re talking about your new book, The Making of Modern corporate finance, published by Columbia University Press. And the subtitle of it is a history of the ideas and how they help build the Wealth of Nations. Now, as you point out in in the introduction to your book. I mean, this is, this is not necessarily a take that many people will. You know, people might find this controversial. They because finance, the financial industry has been much maligned in recent years, particularly after financial crisis. I’d like to ask you about that a bit later. To start with Dom, could you tell me what do you mean by modern corporate finance? Please.

Donald Chew  03:26

Modern corporate finance is a it’s a different approach to financial management that it’s it’s probably got its roots from academic work in the it started in the late 60s, and then proceeded through the 70s, and has been going on since then. But the basic idea is that, well, let me start with what old core, old fashioned corporate finances that that is the notion that a company’s obligations to its shareholders really consist of just, you know, basically satisfying their needs for steadily rising earnings per share. The job of the corporation, in a financial sense, is just to keep earnings per share rising with the understanding that the price stock prices will sort of rise proportionally in tandem. So the corporate mission is just to produce enough cash flow to be able to report steadily rising earnings per share, probably with minimal use of debt, and you probably want some diversification too, so that you can ensure this steady increase in earnings by by having a diversified, you know, set of industries and businesses. Modern Corporate Finance says no, the aim of the corporation is not to produce steadily rising earnings per share, but to produce high rates of return on capital, higher than the cost of capital, and do as much of that as possible, and and your mission is basically to maximize the long run value of the firm. And in defense of that proposition, you Well, I’m getting ahead of myself. No,

Gene Tunny  04:58

no, that’s okay. Yeah, go. Ahead, yeah, that was the old corporate finance, yeah. And what are some of the names associated with that historically, Jack

Donald Chew  05:08

Welch is the preeminent practitioner of old fashioned corporate finance. He, he viewed his mission as as again, he know he, he never missed an earnings target in his 20 years of managing, being the CEO and and to be fair to Welch, he created the firm with the largest market capitalization of its of it of its era. But it was a diversified conglomerate. It had, it was 50% financial firms in a variety of industries, power, health care, and you name it, but, but, but again, his goal was to keep reporting steady increases in earnings per share, and then when Welch stepped down in 2000 there was no no future CEO was basically able to manage that unwieldy conglomerate that he had produced, Jeff immolt ended up failing, and the conglomerate ended up being pulled apart over time, as were conglomerates throughout the United States. I should say that the failure of old fashioned corporate finance became clear in the 1970s when all these bloated conglomerates were unable to restore their profitability, and they did the S, p5, 100, lost half it’s valued during that point, and then that basically triggered the reaction of active investors who began in the 1980s to start pulling apart these conglomerates.

Gene Tunny  06:38

Right. Okay, so you Jack wells. You were talking about General Electric GE, yeah, what was some of the blighted conglomerates of the 70s? What are the prominent ones? And you said they were pulled apart?

Donald Chew  06:51

Well, General Mills was became. It called itself the All Weather growth company. It was really its core business was cereals, and then it was taken over by a retired former general who decided he wanted to make small submarines. They bought Play Doh and they but the goal, again, was, was to provide businesses that would offset whose fortunes would offset one another and create this corporate diversification. Again, it’s you know, we you you wanted to protect your employees and communities from the business cycle, and the way you did that, in theory, was to buy lots of different kinds of businesses. But the outcome of that was that the businesses ended up all being they didn’t perform well. Some businesses were starved of capital. Others were over invested in, and they all urged virtually to a company ended up being dismantled over the next 20 or 30 years. Other companies were it and T beat Beatriz foods, RJR Nabisco, ended up diversifying into different areas, if we could talk about the RJR, Nabisco, LBO, I’d

Gene Tunny  08:04

like to cover it, because that was one of the fascinating examples. Wasn’t there a famous book about it, the barbarians at the gate? Is that barbarians at the gate? Yeah, that’s right, yeah, yeah. The

Donald Chew  08:15

wonder of all this was that RJR, in the late 80s, was widely viewed as a very profitable company and well run and had a market cap of $12 billion so at that point, a number of private equity firms, one of them was Colberg, Travis and Roberts, began to look inside the operations, and there was a There was a competition to buy the firm, which actually included an offer from the CEO itself, but they ended up paying twice the amount of the firm to take it private, 25 billion for a $12 billion company, and the amount of waste inside the firm led Michael Jensen to basically declare that the barbarians were inside the gate, that Johnson was wasting through cash flow, just to conceal the profit potential the business from his competitors. And, you know, and the rates of return on new investment were from two two to 5% you know, for a new cookie manufacturing company. And so you basically double the value of the company, even if the buyers didn’t make a cent, you know, you know, just by virtue of the, you know, the amount of mismanagement that was going on behind the scenes. Again, colossal waves. You

Gene Tunny  09:33

mentioned Michael Jensen. I mean, that he’s one of the big names in modern corporate finance, isn’t he? Could you tell us a bit about Jensen and his contribution. Please, Don

Donald Chew  09:45

Michael Jensen, with his colleague Bill mechling at the University of Rochester, wrote what became the most cited article in the corporate finance literature in 1976 called theory, the firm, agency, costs and I. Forgotten the rest. But the basic argument is that there is a a conflict of interest between management and shareholders at the very heart of the organization. That means it’s going to be very you can’t expect managers to maximize firm value. They have their they’re torn in two different many ways. And the biggest conflict between management and shareholders is not, you know, corporate jets and perks. You know, that’s that’s one source of conflict, but the big one is over the optimal size and diversity of firm. If you’re a corporate manager with minimal stock ownership and you’re a resourceful person, what you want to do is build an empire. You want to buy as many different companies as you can. Again, which makes you more famous and actually raises your pay given the way CEO pay evolved in corporate America, which was to say that the larger the company you ran, the higher your pay would be. And and again, this is all premised on the idea that CEOs didn’t own much stock in their own companies, which was true in the 70s. But Jensen and meckling set themselves the task of, how do we explain the dominance of the corporation, given this basic conflict at the heart of it, you know, Adam Smith that we go back 250 years, said the public corporation could not work. You know, managers could not people could not manage other people’s money in any kind of operation requiring lots of managerial discretion and control. So what you saw in Smith’s day was, were these joint stock companies that were like canals and turnkeys and regulated banks, but that, but nowhere else. Everything else was closely held partnerships because outsiders could not trust other people with their money. There were no mechanisms that would allow the joint stock company to end up managing large scale operations. Well, well, Jensen found a solution to that problem, in the sense that that there are all these mechanisms, governance mechanisms that evolved over time to give outside shareholders a measure of control. You know, there were audit financial statements, there were boards of directors that were in CEO incentive pay plans, and then and then, there were competitive product markets. You had to sell a product and make money, and then you had labor markets. If you were a CEO and you wanted a good job, you had to do a, you know, you had to have shown the market that you were in the labor market, that you were doing a good job. And then if all else failed, there were supposed to be some outside forces. That is, you know, maybe eventually there were hostile takeovers, but there really was not, not much sign of it, of a hostile market for corporate control. When Jensen was writing his paper, so he and Bill meckling said to themselves, you know, we really don’t understand how these companies work, where CEOs earn just minute. You know, I have minimal stock ownership, they Jensen and Murphy concluded that the average CEO, for every $1,000 increase in the value of the stock, they earn $3 so it was, which was a bit people are being paid like your occurrence. So this, this is that there’s got to be a problem. And then, and then, at the very end of the article, they said, Well, what if managers went out and bought back 99% of the shares using debt finance and then became basically the sole owners of the firm? We are going to propose here that this would lead to wonderful efficiency gains in these corporations if they could transform their structure. And this is basically what happened. This was the LBO that they forecast. They showed us the template and and all of the 80s can be seen as a vindication of this forecast by Jensen and meckling back in 1976 and as I said it is far and away the most cited article in the corporate finance literature, with like 150,000

Gene Tunny  14:06

sites. Yeah, yeah. So this provided the theoretical support for the leveraged buyout, which has been controversial at times. Yes. Can I ask, like, because as an economist, to what extent has the is it economic logic that has led to this transformation in corporate finance? Is it the applicant like fully understanding the economic value and how to maximize the economic value of the corporation, looking at it in a you know, over the future, looking at the discounted cash flow is, is that? Is that fair to say

Donald Chew  14:44

yes and no. I mean, it’s, it’s certainly, it’s part of the answer. But it’s not enough. So you had to, you know, by law and custom, hostile takeovers were frowned on you. Just if you were a Morgan Stanley, you. Not fund the hostile takeover because you were violating, you know, the rule about, how do you how do companies deal with you know, they have their beholden to their investors, and they’re beholden to their corporate clients, and it was a rule, Thou shalt not do hostile takeovers. Everything has to be done with the agreement of management. Well, anyway, that that consensus shifted over time, and active investors became, you know, they they, what they saw was the huge difference in the values of these companies, if they were dismantled, the sum of the parts was vastly greater than the market values of these companies. And as the as that gap became larger and larger, the pressure to actually break them up grew great enough that people like Michael Milken and all the people he funded saw this opportunity. And then when the Reagan administration came in, there were, there were relaxations of some kinds of financial constraints, anti trust, and this, this collocation and and the discounted cash flow met, you know, method and modern finance, all these forces work together to lead to this eruption of the market for corporate control. In carrying out the market for corporate control basically ensured that the principles and methods of modern corporate finance would would go into action, would be implemented. This provided the basis, but, but again, you had to allow active investors to assert their control, their voice, which just didn’t happen in this in the 70s or the six or the fifth, yeah.

Gene Tunny  16:37

Okay, and is it right that there’s a trend towards companies staying private or going private, so going off the the you know, not being listed on the stock the stock market, is that a trend? Is that driven by this new approach to corporate finance?

Donald Chew  16:55

Yeah, absolutely. There’s a bunch of factors here. You know that the number of publicly traded companies in the United States has fallen in half over the last 30 years. The ones that remain are actually much more valuable than the ones in the past. I think the average company, publicly traded company today is is four times what it once was, even so, so the the market value us publicly traded companies, is twice what it once was, say, 50 years ago, but with half as many companies and at whereas the number of private companies is now something like 8000 There are 8000 PE controlled companies, you know, double the amount of public but they are. They’re much smaller. In fact, if you add up all the private companies, they amount to maybe 10% of the market cap of public companies. So what you see here is that the companies with extraordinary growth potential, most of them end up going public, because that’s the beauty of the public corporation for growth is that is the dumb investors like you and me will provide them with cheap equity capital, because we know they have growth opportunities. It’s just clear as crystal you know that these companies will succeed so so for companies with growth opportunities, public equity markets are a great deal, but once you start losing your your luster as a growth company, then eventually your PE multiples fall and they become within reach of private equity investors. And I think it’s now, you know, Jensen has shown us that companies without growth opportunities are generally run better as private companies for all variety of reasons. For if you’re doing a dirty business that the newspapers don’t like, if you’re an oil and gas you want to be out of the public eye, so you’ll end up getting higher multiples from private investors. And you can do stuff in private that just doesn’t look good in the newspapers. You know, you’ll notice that lots of public oil companies are shedding their oil exposure to meet their carbon commitments by selling their operations to private companies. And this all makes perfect sense, and we benefit from it, in fact, because, you know, again, these companies get opera, and I’m not meaning to suggest they’re shady, but, people don’t like one of private equity’s poor competencies is is cutting unprofitable growth. You know, that’s what it’s famous for cutting, and it’s an essential economic function. It’s almost as important as growth itself. The capital for growth us comes from cutting unprofitable operations. And nobody talks about this. You never talk, you know, you never hear about the heroic efforts of PE to streamline and cut limb by limb so that this money can get recycled back into the growth sector. Which is what happens? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  19:54

well, well, I think economists are sympathetic to that, that perspective, if you. Think about Schumpeter with the gales of creative destruction. And yes, also, I think Friedman had one of he wrote an article about how one way of seeing the market outcome, or the mark market efficiency, is the result of competition being an evolutionary process, or a competitive process that weeds out the inefficient Darwinian. That’s it. Yeah, yeah. So, yeah, very, very sympathetic to that. Now don’t Can I ask, I got a question about, like, the contention you make, and this is, I mean, this is fascinating. And this American style corporate finance, a phrase that combines two, if not three, of the most vilified words in today’s English Language Media. It’s brilliant. Yes, it’s very true, social and otherwise, okay, you agree? Okay, yes, I agree. Has for the past 40 years been one of the world’s remarkable success stories. The principles and methods of Finance to continue to be taught in business schools around the world have played a critical role in the productivity of the US private sector. Now that is a I agree, I largely agree, but I want to know what empirical support is there for that proposition.

Donald Chew  21:19

Well, again, I have to, I have to go back to the 70s, when the dot the Dow Jones market lost half its value and the economy was struggling. It was a millez and and Jimmy Carter didn’t know what to do. His politicians didn’t know what to do. Inflation was out of control, and unemployment kept going higher and higher and and, but nobody, few macro economists, looked at what the companies were like, and that’s what my book does. It says these companies, back in the 70s, had been allowed to grow into these bloated conglomerates. There were no outside forces checking this managerial desire to build empires. And so in order to create a productive, prosperous society, you had to cut back these conglomerates and break them up. And this, although painful at first, this ends up creating the basis for more growth. And it starts as shareholder value, and it looks, it looks bad for a while, but ultimately it creates lots of growth opportunities. And I believe the last 45 years have borne this out. Jensen, when he tried to make his case, he looked at he said, well, the market capitalization of US public companies doubled during the 80s. So that’s that’s one data point. Labor productivity a total factor. Productivity statistics went up dramatically in the 80s. Some versions of labor productivity statistics went up. But, you know, these are the best market and operating data we have for that period of time. But then, you know, again, you have to point, I would point to the last 45 years and say, look, it’s been this. Us, equity returns have been 12% a year on average, you know, which is far and way higher than anyone else and and it is just in the process. It’s really a process of continuous restructuring. In other words, companies have to keep putting pressure on themselves, always squeezing out excess capital, always reevaluating every investment. Is it time to get rid of this, give it to somebody else, or is it time to grow it? And conglomerates were terrible at this. Conglomerates always, they starve their best opportunities, and they fed a lot of their and so they were horrible allocators of assets because they didn’t understand the businesses they were in, and and so and I just believe, you just look at the like, what has happened to America in almost every economic dimension is, is proof, you know, is proof of this process. And now we don’t, we don’t see hostile takeovers anymore. We see shareholder activists so and it’s a fundamentally different device, but it operates in much the same way. And in a hostile takeover, you go out and buy control of the company, and that a lot of people didn’t like. Peter Drucker hated that process. He said, This is a violation everything we know about good management, but today’s activists like Paul Singer of Elliot management, he will buy five to 10% of the stock, and he will say, Hey folks, we think there’s a problem out here, like south southwest airlines. So let maybe, let’s have a shareholder meeting and and so it’s all you large investors. I’m going to put the proposition out there. You get the vote on my idea. My idea is that, hey, maybe we should get a new CEO, or maybe you should follow a bunch of steps. But it’s sort of shareholder democracy in action. So and if the majority. Shareholders don’t like what Elliot management is doing. They can say, No, we’re voting against you and what? But what happened in the southwest cases, I think he won four out of 12 board seats. The CEO was not ousted, but he was put on notice, and they now have a the stock price is probably up 25% since they went in there, and the company is sort of getting right, you know, righted back to the way it should be going again. It’s putting the company on notice, suggesting alternatives, and then allowing the large institutional investors, the Black Rocks of the world, to vote on your proposal. And to me, I find that just a wonderful system. And I don’t know if you saw this last week, but the FT did a piece on Japanese shareholder activism. There was a statement by the the the leader of the association, who was welcoming a new era of shareholder of activism to end the 30 years of Japanese stagnation, I said that the Japanese slumbering for 30 years. We think this is the solution to our, you know, our economic melees, which includes a 7% drop in the population for last five years. I actually go so far in my book is to suggest those two things are directly related. You know, they’re just not wrong. Yeah, opportunities for in their quest for full employment, they basically have ensured that there are no employment opportunities for the next generation of workers and Germans heading for the same thing. If you saw what happened in Volkswagen, yeah? Which, to me, is a corporate governance failure.

Gene Tunny  26:44

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  26:50

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies and economic modeling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adeptecconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you

Gene Tunny  27:19

now. Back to the show, can I ask about what’s your take on ESG or corporate social responsibility? Ask that because there’s so much bad press about what we’re calling modern corporate finance, about private equity. I mean that there’s the, you know, concerns about job job losses. You look in the popular culture, wall the films, Wall Street, pretty woman, the private equity sort of people, the, you know, the financial markets. Person, Gecko, yeah. Richard gears character, and pretty woman, who’s, I think he’s in private equities, breaking up companies. And Julia Roberts’s character is sort of wondering, what on earth you’re doing, and pull apart companies to make them more valuable, and their concerns about job losses associated with that. And you’ve got issues, you know, various social issues, various social ills in the US. I mean, it’s quite clear what’s your take on do corporations have a responsibility for that. How to what’s the role? What’s the corporate social responsibility there? I think the

Donald Chew  28:27

mission of the corporation, as Milton Friedman said, is to maximize their own but they missed quoted. He is quoted as saying it’s to maximize its own profit. That’s not what they do. They maximize their long run value. And to do that, as you really you have to invest and take care of everybody you know. To maximize value, you have to decide how much, what kind of commitments are, am I going to make to each of my constituencies? How much and but with the idea that if you pay another that Michael Jensen’s rule was, pay another dollar to every stakeholder who matters, as long as you expect $1 in return. Measured. And you know, it’s, you know, the old rule. But Jensen, Jensen has this concept of enlightened value maximization, which is the perception that I hold out in this book. And it is, again, it’s about committing to every stakeholder who matters, making very clear what it is, what we’re going to do for you and what we expect in return, and just getting people on board and again, but all with the idea that this is going to increase the long run value of the whole franchise, and it means you can’t you want to pay, you don’t want to pay too much or too little. You want to get just the right amount. And to me, one of the best illustrations of a really good ESG program is Walmart. Yes, well before the pandemic, Walmart basically increased across the board, their employee pay and then they’ve also they they hire and promote from within. Their store managers make an average of $175,000 a year. They invest in their suppliers. They monitor their suppliers. They brought a lot of them back to America, and though they squeeze their suppliers, they also make sure that they’re working and take care of them. And they have the largest plastic waste facility in the world, plastic waste recovery through repackaging and Doug McMillan, the CEO who is a Walmart lifer, is now the chairman of the US Business Roundtable. In other words, that is the group of the largest, most prestigious US corporations. McMillan, this southern guy who was raised as a Walmart, you know, employee, is now the the head of this large lobbying organization. I you know what? To me, it’s a huge ESG success story, but there’s a lot of ESG failures. There’s a lot of bad ESG that basically doesn’t pay attention to corporate value. To me, anything that any investment has to have its focus on maximizing long run value, but there are lots of ways that you can address social problems through your investments, and it’s that magical, you know, Confluence that ends up, it ends up putting higher price earnings multiples on companies. Investors like to feel good about the things they invest in, and when they do that, your company, you know, Walmart, probably increased its value by 50% last year, and I would wager that 10% of that is just people feeling good about what the company does, yeah,

Gene Tunny  32:02

yeah. I like your comments on, yeah, on enlightened value maximization. I like that because, you know, this is these sort of concerns about corporations, and they’re in the news. They’re in the, you know, lot of commentators are coming quite, you know, very critical of corporate power. There was the extraordinary reaction to the killing of the United Healthcare CEO in New York City, gunned down in in Manhattan. And a lot of people were was almost celebrating, in a way. I mean, no, we don’t condone, obviously, we’re not going to support murder, but people were saying, Oh, you can understand this, because they’ve been ripping off people for years, like it had such a high rejection rate of claims. So yeah, just you don’t need to comment on that. It’s just putting that out there. As

Donald Chew  32:54

my daughter is sending love letters to Luigi man Jones, right,

Gene Tunny  32:59

yeah, yeah, yeah. He’s, he’s a become a folk hero, in a way, hero,

Donald Chew  33:04

right? Yeah, because the corporate pursuit of profit is inherently evil. It’s inherently anti social. And that you could go, take that back to Roman Catholicism, you know, the first time you go into church. But that is what you learn. You know, one man’s problem is evil because it’s it somehow comes out of the pocket of somebody else, and changing that point of view is one of the great contributions of modern capitalism. In other words, when you create, yeah, you’re not hurting somebody. In fact, in most cases, you’re helping somebody. It’s like they asked Jeff Bezos, Jeff, are do you really deserve to have a $200 billion fortune? Can you justify that? And he said, Yes, I’ve created $2 trillion of value for my investors, not to mention all the jobs, all the taxes paid. That just begins. My success is it’s just created enormous wealth for other people. And this is, this is not cheap, so I

Gene Tunny  34:09

Oh no, it’s certainly, certainly not widely appreciated, because now we’ve got people like Bernie Sanders and commentators on the progressive side saying, Well, every billionaire is a policy failure that’s becoming a widespread, you know, contention. The other Yeah. So it’s all very, you know, contentious and up for the up for debate. So, yeah. So, I mean, I think I agree with you. I mean, a lot of the value, like they do create a lot of value. There’s a lot of value from entrepreneurialism. And I remember Robert Barrow, The Economist at forget where he is now is he’s been at Harvard or Chicago, has been all over the place. He has an Institute in Washington. Now, does he right? Very good. I’ll have to, have to look it up. But he once said there are we wrote a column just to the effect that Bill Gates has created more value, or did more good for the world through Microsoft than he has done through his foundation. It was something along those lines. I mean, yeah, yeah. If you look at the

Donald Chew  35:13

I would say the Jeff Bezos is the world have done more for poverty than Mother Teresa than the Mother Teresa’s put it that way,

Gene Tunny  35:22

right? Yeah, through, through, yeah. Lower price goods through, yeah, so, yeah, yeah, yeah, very good. Okay, estimate

Donald Chew  35:33

that Walmart saves the average family $5,000 a year, just just by selling low cost products. You know, that’s consumer surplus and so and look at Walmart might be the only US operation that’s growing in China. China loves Walmart because it understands that its people are being helped by the operation of Walmart in getting these low cost products to them. So, you know, GM is leaving China because they don’t make enough money and because China basically they’re just being squeezed out by state owned enterprises by but government policy in China has chosen to allow Walmart to succeed, and to me, that’s incredibly telling, because they understand the social benefits. That’s my hip hop

Gene Tunny  36:28

question, yeah, yeah, yeah. I’m gonna have to track down that study that’s fascinating about the the 5000 saving from, okay, yeah,

Donald Chew  36:34

yeah. I believe that I’m shooting from that, but I think it’s great.

Gene Tunny  36:39

That’s okay. I know that it’ll be, it’ll be something of that, of that magnitude. I’ve got no doubt. I’ll just, I’ll just, I’m just interested, because that’s a useful that would be a useful empirical study, or to point to, yeah, but that is very good

Donald Chew  36:51

corporate mission. Their corporate mission is to save other people money so they can live good lives. You know that so that they’re saving their consumers money. That’s that’s their, well, that’s their mission statement. And I’ve never it’s

Gene Tunny  37:08

a rather, rather extraordinary story. Was it Sam Walton? Am I getting the name right? Well,

Donald Chew  37:15

that was when rod, yeah, awarded the Presidential, Congressional Medal of Honor, and that’s where he made that statement. He said, we’re going to make our job save other people money, you know, so they can live good lives. So help them

Gene Tunny  37:29

live good luck. Gotcha Okay, right. So now, and as a sort of final part of the the interview, I’d like to talk about the financial crisis, because, look, I largely agree about the theories or the hypothesis, the what you’re what you’re saying in the book. One, one area where I may have some hesitation is it’s an interesting perspective. You argue that the financial crisis isn’t something that violates or is in or contradicts the efficient market hypothesis. So this is Gene farmer’s idea that the market prices of financial products represent all of the available information and the market’s efficient. Can you explain? Please, Don What’s your view on the financial crisis and why you think that doesn’t violate the efficiency efficient markets hypothesis, please. Well,

Donald Chew  38:27

let me start with what I think the efficient market theory says, and then, because that’s generally misunderstood, the caricature of efficient market theory is that the price is always right. And that’s not the theory says that it’s it’s an unbiased estimate of that is it’s either too high or too low on on average. But Fisher black wrote a paper call on the noise theory that said, you know, the average price is within 100% of the correct value, 100% plus or minus. So yeah, and that’s not which just tells you there is a hell of a lot of uncertainty out there about things. Well, it turns out that, the way I read the global financial crisis there, there were something like $6 trillion of toxic mortgages sitting on bank balance sheets throughout the world that people just didn’t realize were out there. They didn’t understand how bad these mortgages were. And I’ve written about this, and I say a mortgage when it’s first issued is expected to lose 1% of its value, and the Basel risk requirements say, Okay, we need 1% backing for 1% expected loss. A corporate loan is supposed to lose 4% of its value, so we need 4% to back that. Well, what happened? What ended up happening is that these mortgages lost 10% of their value. They were, they ended up being and we don’t. We still. Don’t know, even to this day, how much they lost, because these numbers have just, you know, there has been no federal attempt to determine, as far as I know, to determine how much money these mortgages ended up losing, and and the problem, and, and I, I don’t want to I can’t blame the private sector entirely, because these mortgages were were pretty much demand, is too strong a word, but they were certainly blessed by the Federal Reserve that the government with government policy starting in 1992 was to make low down payment mortgages to underprivileged areas. And then that that became, that became expanded to not only underprivileged and low income people, but high income people were also given low down payment mortgages. And the the ability of Fannie and Freddie may to get their congressional their right to operate was premised on their making low down payment mortgages called all a and it meant that if you were I had a friend who was a commercial airline pilot Who bought a house in Hawaii for $750,000 put down 15,000 the down payment, and when down value fell by 40% he just walked away from the mortgage. And this was done everywhere and and as again the mortgage, the loss rate on these mortgages has turned out to be in excess of 10% and then, when you, when you understand that banks themselves were allowed to operate with three to 5% capital before the crisis, you’re just you’re losing money on every dollar. And in fact, if you you, if you compute the amount of if you take that 90% hole in bank balance sheets, it was almost equal to the 600 billion that the government poured into the banks as bailout money, and it, you know, I’m, I’m not doing a good job of explaining this now, but the the money that they put into the banks allowed the banks To continue to operate and if you’re on when you’re a bankruptcy judge, your first job is to say, okay, is this a viable entity? Does it deserve to be rescued, or should it be shut down? Well, what we now know every bank paid back every dollar the bailout money with 10% interest it within a year. But there was one company that never paid the money back, that was General Motors. General Motors has never paid back the $11 billion that company was really made probably should have been shut down. It was. It still owes us taxpayers $11 billion and it was and Obama rescued it. He became the self appointed bankruptcy judge, and, you know, and to this day,

Gene Tunny  43:11

yeah, I’ll have to look into, I didn’t realize that about GM,

Donald Chew  43:15

yeah, they don’t talk about that. That was one of the worst, run. That was one of the worst run companies in America. You know that that cup GM was immune to take over. It was too big, taken over by anybody, and the result was that in 2008 it had one and a half times the number of employees to service a normal market. There were employees that were being paid to stay home. It’s like the New York City school system, you there were people, there were rubber rooms where they said, Look, we have access. We don’t have any work for you. We’re just going to pay you to stay home. And this went on for years, you know, you know. And so this was a company that had somehow was immune to any kind of outside influence, and that’s what you get when you when you have and that’s really the story. The 70s, you know, lots of companies had grown to that kind of Elven time proportion, and that’s why, you know, one of the big predictions in my book was very few macro economists foresaw the ability of US companies to withstand the COVID pandemic, then the interest rate hikes that followed it, but you know, and I felt like I was the only person on Wall Street saying our companies are going to do fine because they’re lean and mean now they they’re not companies in the 70s, but every macro economist model is premised on the 70s, because they all go back and say, Well, that’s what happened in the 70s, but the companies are assumed to be the same ones, because macro just doesn’t look at corporate finance. They’re two as chapter 12 of my book is about what macro gets wrong.

Gene Tunny  44:55

Yeah, and yeah. I mean, I think there’s some some good points there. It’s. The problem of, you know, the data, they’re highly aggregated, and, like, how much detail do you get to get in there? I mean, that’s, that’s certainly an issue. Another issue is, you know, macro hasn’t really, they don’t really have a their financial model or sector model. They don’t really have the banking sector in there very well, if at all, in some of their macro models. So, yeah, I think there’s, that’s a really, really good point you make there. Okay, John, this has been, this has been great. Yeah, I’ve learned a lot about about what, you know, what’s been happening since, you know, 70s, 80s, so compared with the past. So you contrasted the modern cop corporate finance with the previous approach, where you had the big conglomerates, there was an aversion to debt. And I mean, by doing that, you’re reducing your return, aren’t you, because I mean, debt is a way of getting debts. Debts cheaper than equity. Is that the argument? And all the debt lets you leverage up and that enhances the the equity return. Well, it

Donald Chew  46:04

does both. So you, yeah, I mean, debt is really a control device. It basically, if you don’t have, this is the Michael Jensen argument that debt forces you to pay out excess capital. So you, if you So, the rule of thumb is, if you are a mature cash cow, you want as much debt as you can put on it, because you want to squeeze that capital out. If you’re a growth company, you want to avoid debt like the plague, because debt will cause you to pass up valuable investment opportunities. So it’s a very simple proposition, and that, and it it, you know, and it can be seen, private equity tends to go for the mature they squeeze out excess capital from companies without growth opportunities. But although private equity has started to move over into the growth spectrum, to a certain extent, they now operate with, in some cases, more than 50% equity. So the whole movement private equity has been to reduce the amount of debt and take on more growth. And now we see the largest companies, these unicorns, which is a company with more than a billion dollar market. They’re staying private because the costs of raising outside equity are just very high. You know, the I call it the cost of having dumb investors once. If you bring dumb investors into the party, you’re gonna, you’re just gonna have to say more you’re gonna provide more information. And you’re, they’re just not in a position to pay up for risk. So these unicorns are now. They look like public companies. They have the same collection of fidelities and black rocks, but there’s no retail investor. It’s just the smart money all sitting around the table, still very large market caps, growth opportunities, but they can have a private conversation about the value of the company. That ends up it just, it means the company’s worth much more, because you don’t have to spend money educating your investor base. You know, that’s it. There are huge public company, and that’s why there’s only, opposed to 8000 Yeah, and it’s not just Yeah,

Gene Tunny  48:19

absolutely no, I agree. And I agree. And I was just thinking, with all the additional regulation that, yeah, I mean, public companies tend to have more the regulatory requirements are much greater reporting requirements. So, yeah, that’s a good point, but it’s not,

Donald Chew  48:34

it’s not just the regulation and those costs. It’s the if you’re a small company that’s not attracting, not not much growth, you’re gonna, you’re gonna have a very depressed value. They’re all these tiny little companies that went public and they’re now orphans. Nobody wants them. Nobody covers them. So they trade at two or three times earnings. And that that’s a cost. With hindsight, they should not have gone public. They’re going to end up going back into private ownership. But you can’t. Is this? Public investors just can’t. They’re not smart enough to go in and rescue the values of these companies. So it just ends up leaving, you know, leaving them in a no man’s land and and I chopped that up to the the information costs of being a a public company. Gotcha,

Gene Tunny  49:26

are there some notable examples, or prominent examples of those smaller companies that have gone public and it’s not worked out for them? I can’t,

Donald Chew  49:33

I don’t know. I, you know, I wasn’t prepped for that, but, but I’ve heard people talk, no, I Yeah, it’s become a the liquidity is dried up. You know, lots of people will say that. And yeah, you would think, then they would sort the GO, GO private again. You would that would be the natural first step. But, but, but, no, okay, sorry,

Gene Tunny  49:55

no, that’s all right. I was just just wondering, because it was an interesting, interesting point. I. Right. Oh, well, Don just to finish up any final points, anything, any points in the book. You think it’d be worth bringing out in this conversation that we haven’t covered

Donald Chew  50:09

yet? Oh, yeah, let me. Let me take it one more shot. During the last 50 years, earnings relevance has dropped from something like 50% to zero. There’s a book called The End of accounting by Baruch Lev so the statistical correlation between five year changes in earnings and five year movements in stock prices, that’s how accountants track the relevance of earnings. That that statistical correlation has dropped from 50% to zero, and this is consistent with my, my view of modern corporate finance, which is not, it’s not about earnings, but there is one variable that actually has explained an incredible amount, an increasing amount of corporate stock prices. Would you care to take a wager? What it is? Well,

Gene Tunny  50:57

I’ve read the book. I’m trying to remember that this is your it’s the it’s the category. It’s one of the cost categories, isn’t it? Yes. Is that right? Yes. It’s,

Donald Chew  51:06

yeah, it’s, it’s R D, increase in R D, increase in S G and A and S G selling general and administrative expense. Well, during the last 50 years, that number has jumped from 25% of total assets to 55% which is amazing. And so yeah, the question, what is in SG and a that wasn’t in there before? And it’s all kinds of stuff like marketing and promotion, employee training expenses, all kinds of intangible expenses. And this stuff gets, you know, it gets expensed. It’s not capitalized, but it’s really, it’s kind of a modern day form of r, d, you know, Amazon has a ton of that stuff. And what we’ve discovered is that the the this, the correlation with those two variables and market prices, is is really remarkably high. So the one variable that you want to see, if you see large increases in R and D and S, GNA, that is kind of a the best indicator of increases in corporate value. And it suggests that, you know corporations are, you know they’re the investors are recognized the values of these companies, even though it’s not reflected in earnings, and the companies keep pouring more money into it, so you see these PE multiples going through the roof, and you also see lots of companies with negative earnings. You know, in the old days, in the 70s, only 10% of US companies would have negative operating cash flow. Today, it’s over 30% of publicly traded companies are losing money every year, and then every couple of years, they go back and raise private equity. They raise they raise public they raise equity from private sources because the public markets can’t invest in it. They don’t want to buy a company that’s losing money every year, but they go back to the Chase Manhattan Bank and get private equity so and the popular press thinks that these companies are zombies, but they’re not zombies. They’re actually quite valuable companies, but you won’t see it on their P and L’s. And I find this a really remarkable phenomena. I just, you know, I haven’t seen, there’s two or three academics that are talking about it, but it’s just, so, yeah,

Gene Tunny  53:27

but so what’s justifying the valuation? I mean, you, you show there’s this correlation between that, that those expenses and R and D and their value. So, but what are people who who are buying these, these companies, are investing in these companies. What are they seeing? Are they seeing that they’re building eventually, they’ll, they’ll earn a ridiculous amount of money, or that, or they building up an asset, intangible assets, knowledge, software, or whatever, that will be bought out by a Google or by, well, yeah,

Donald Chew  54:02

okay, it could be either those two. Okay, yeah. I mean, it’s probably more likely to be bought out by somebody else, but, but it’s the Amazon story. I mean, Amazon really didn’t show earnings a long time and but to their investors, the idea that these were investments and that they had phenomenally high margins, you know, once they turn cash flow positive, that you can see the amount of dollars they would earn on each you know, because the the requirements for future capital were so limited that they were bound and they were going to become money machines. But it’s hard to again, it’s hard to communicate that to a public market. But if you get a small people and group of people in the room, they share their your vision, and then, you know, for now, it’s private equity, but eventually, when the growth opportunities start to materialize and the cash flows, then it becomes public but the wonder of Amazon is that Jeff Bezos had the confidence to do this. You know, this is. When he did, I mean, because he had no earnings. I remember my firm, stern Stewart was once hired by an investor to determine if Amazon was going to go belly up. They were so concerned because he had no earnings, and so they had to hire us to then, you know, to verify that this was actually a solvent operation. And then that’s, you know, it’s really about, you know, smart investors versus dumb investors. You it’s hard to communicate with dumb investors, so you need to find and but Bezos had the confidence to say, I can keep doing this. He had his credo in 1997 and he got a following, and then he became, he basically conditioned these investors into following and rewarding him. You know, the larger his losses, the larger the stock price game for a period of time, which, which is the way a smart market should work. So anyway, more than

Gene Tunny  55:54

you want to know. No, not at all. I mean, I find it, I find it extraordinary that the end of accounting. So I’ll have to read that book. I haven’t read it, and it sounds, had you heard of it? No, I hadn’t, actually, not until I read your book. That’s, yeah, that’s fascinating. I mean, there are all sorts. I mean, as an economist, I’m often, you know, like economists often think, sort of try and look through the what accountants produce. Or, you know, because accountants don’t always represent things the way that economists would. So sometimes things the way accountants show things are not helpful. So yeah, it’s interesting about the end of the end of accounting. Yeah, yeah, I have to look into

Donald Chew  56:40

that. Very good. Are you trained in accounting or finance or

Gene Tunny  56:45

Well, I mean, I I’m an economist. So I’ve done, I’ve studied accounting, and I’ve studied some finance. I used to work in the treasury here in Canberra, and I work as an economist now. So do cost benefit analysis studies and business cases and things

Donald Chew  57:01

I really look forward to hearing what you have to say about my macro chapter, the chapter 12, yes,

Gene Tunny  57:08

well, I like the point you made about economists not not properly, considering that change in the corporate the composition of corporations, I’m gonna have To go back and read that more closely, but I think that’s a that’s a very compelling point, and I’ve got to think about what that means for how economists might model that. So yeah, I can’t. I probably haven’t got much to say on it at the moment that’s as profound, but yeah, leave it with me, and I might shoot you a note about it. Big debate

Donald Chew  57:42

is about productivity. Yes, you know, how do we measure it? And, you know, I just think, and people, a lot of people, think that GDP just doesn’t provide any grounds for measuring productivity. So the you know, but with the measures we’re getting from the national income accounts, just don’t. They don’t do a good job of reflecting inflation, but they’re even worse. Yeah, they’re even worse than reflecting productivity. And we can just kind of go after Robert Gordon and suggest that he was, you know, way too pessimistic about productivity growth in the latter part. So that’s the argument, yeah. And one, one last, are you a Robert Gordon, yeah, I like,

Gene Tunny  58:25

I think that’s a very good book. The I mean, his argument is that, that we’ve already, we’ve had major general purpose technologies, and we haven’t. We had that in the industrial revolution, then the second industrial revolution, yeah. And then the third industrial revolution with ICT, or the internet mate was actually, but, yeah, there was, or maybe back in the 80s with ICT. But what we’re seeing now isn’t quite of that same magnitude, and he’s pessimistic about productivity growth, but that’s before the modern I mean, AI is giving me cause to reflect on Gordon’s thesis. I think, yes, yes.

Donald Chew  59:06

Okay, well, anyway, I take issue it with it in my chapter 12 and and this is based on the work of an economist named James Sweeney at First Boston. But he says, when he my favorite line is, when, when I, he says, when I go in to talk to a CEO about Gordon’s book and productivity decline, I get laughed out of the room. You know, they they just don’t rot because the productivity doesn’t show it. Just can’t show up in GDP, the numbers they’re using just can’t reflect the quality. You know, you can’t make these quality product adjustments that are required to make something comparable and so. And my argument is, yeah, look at stock price. You want to see productivity gains, at least projected forward stock prices is the place to look, not, not at GDP. And I’ve got, I’ve been talking to the chairman of Columbia’s accounting. Department, and he’s very excited by that idea. In other words, the idea that macro actually suffers from the same problems that accounting suffered from, but finance is correct. Finances basically said, Look, accounting is just a point of departure, and you’ve got to look at many, many other things so you can get the stock prices. Macro economists are still stuck back with GDP, and they’re not looking they don’t trust stock prices. They just don’t

Gene Tunny  1:00:29

think, yeah, that’s true. And I think the reason is that economists suspect that that time, I mean, stock markets can the market pricing can be wrong for a significant period of time or divorced from fundamentals, so prior to the.com crash, for example. So I think that’s probably why the the macro economists are skeptical. Yeah, but yeah, I’ll let me reread that, because I must confess, I think I just skimmed that, whereas I focused on the the earlier chapters and the discussion of Jensen and Nick lean and but I’ll have to come back to you on that, because that’s a it’s an interesting argument. I agree with you about the difficulty of measuring productivity. I think that’s, yeah, that’s, that’s well appreciated by economists. And there’s a lot of you know, there’s a huge literature on this. There’s conferences, but it is something I haven’t looked at in a in a little bit, so I’ll have to, I’ll have to go back to that.

Donald Chew  1:01:24

Okay. No, I’d love to hear what you have to say. And one piece of business here, when we end up doing this recording, my thing will just be, will just be audio, if you should. Yes, yes. Confused to use, yeah, okay, that’s my hope.

Gene Tunny  1:01:44

Okay, yeah, yeah, just audio, yeah, just for sure, yeah. No, no problem at all. No, no, no,

Donald Chew  1:01:48

I have problem at all. All right, this is, it’s been a hell of a lot of fun. So

Gene Tunny  1:01:54

Excellent. Well, I hope you, hope you get on some other shows, and you your book is, you get, you get some good interviews out of it, and good coverage. Because I think it’s, it’s an argument that that needs to be made, and it’s, it’s a bit of, it’s counter to a lot of the popular understanding, the popular views on on corporate finance. So I think it’s, it’s definitely a welcome addition to the literature. So I

Donald Chew  1:02:22

ask you one more question. You think the book is written sufficiently clearly, or that it could actually be an introductory finance type? I view it as a supplement to a corporate finance and that’s what I’m trying to promote events. So if you’re teaching, if you’re using brilliant Myers in your finance 101, do you think undergrads or non finance types would be able to process the information in the book? Or do you think it’s too

Gene Tunny  1:02:56

maybe a third year a third year student or third year undergrad, yeah, yeah. Okay. I mean, that’s just, yeah, yeah. I think it could, I think it could be a good supplementary text, certainly that, like all of the history there, and the discussion of, I think, you know, the discussion on Jensen and mecklen is great, okay, and I think you’re very, you’re very clear about your, what your how you see this adding value and the market for corporate control. I think that’s all good stuff. Yeah. I think it certainly could be, could be, could be valuable there. I mean, it’s the sort of thing that, you know economists should read too. I mean, anyone doing a graduate graduate study should probably read as well, just to make sure that they understand how this matters in the real world. Like that’s what I think, is I like about the book, because often, you know, you see these, you know, there are these articles or these famous theories that are talked about, and they’re presented in a textbook, but you don’t often, some what’s hard to do is often relate it to the real world. So I think what you do, well in that book is is actually relate these concepts to the real world. So okay, good. Now that’s music my ears. Very good. Yeah. That might because your background in in working in the in the sector, or your journal, is it Journal of Applied corporate finance?

Donald Chew  1:04:20

Yeah, is your journey and win the way back past. I did a PhD in English and American Lit, so I was going to be an English professor. So then I got into this red took my first econ class when I was 27 so I’ve been, yeah, I’ve been trying to, like, I tried to communicate with my old finance, with my old literature, literature friends, and it’s two different disciplines. You know, everybody that I went to graduate school with shares all those beliefs that I end up they don’t find finance plausible or or socially constructive. You know, they. Mind stay, you know, exploitation, yeah, exploration of everybody but themselves. So anyway,

Gene Tunny  1:05:09

yeah, but I think you, I think you make a good case for for why that isn’t so, and why it’s actually added value. So I think, again, great, great contribution to the literature. Don, thanks so much. I’ll put a link in the show notes to your book, and I’ll encourage listeners to get a copy again. Yeah, terrific. Well done. And yeah, look forward to chatting with you some time again in the

Donald Chew  1:05:33

future. I hope you do it soon. Thank you very much. Gene, take care. Bye. Thanks. Don,

Gene Tunny  1:05:37

right. Oh, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explored.com or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you, then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week. You

Obsidian  1:06:25

thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode for more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

US Debt Ceiling: Why Trump is Right to Call for its Abolition & Gene’s Experience with Aussie Debt Ceiling – EP268

Show host Gene Tunny discusses the ineffectiveness of the U.S. debt ceiling, citing its frequent increases and the political grandstanding it entails. He notes that since 1960, Congress has amended the debt limit 78 times. Tunny argues that the debt ceiling does not enforce fiscal discipline and highlights the need for better fiscal rules, such as the Swiss Debt Brake or the Taxpayer Bill of Rights. He also shares his experience with Australia’s debt ceiling during the late 2000s financial crisis. Tunny concludes that Trump’s criticism of the debt ceiling is justified.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

You can also watch the interview on YouTube:

Timestamps for EP268

  • US Debt Ceiling Overview (0:00)
  • Historical Context and Modern Monetary Theory (4:09)
  • Ineffectiveness of the Debt Ceiling (7:07)
  • Australian Experience with the Debt Ceiling (13:00)
  • Conclusion and Alternative Fiscal Rules (24:49)

Takeaways

  1. Debt Ceilings Are Ineffective: The US debt ceiling fails to control spending or debt accumulation, as it is consistently raised to avoid financial crises.
  2. Alternative Fiscal Rules: Spending caps or frameworks like Switzerland’s debt brake are more effective at managing fiscal discipline than nominal debt ceilings.
  3. Political Grandstanding: The debt ceiling often serves as a stage for political drama rather than meaningful fiscal reform.
  4. Modern Monetary Theory Critique: Printing money to avoid debt constraints, as proposed by some MMT advocates, risks inflation and economic instability.
  5. Lessons from Australia: Australia abolished its debt ceiling a decade ago after recognizing its downsides, offering a model for US fiscal policy reform.

Links relevant to the conversation

Useful information on the US debt and deficit from the US Treasury:

https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/debt-limit (discusses how many times the debt ceiling has been amended)

https://fiscaldata.treasury.gov/americas-finance-guide/national-deficit/ (contains the spending, revenue, and deficit figures that Gene mentions)

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: US Debt Ceiling: Why Trump is Right to Call for its Abolition & Gene’s Experience with Aussie Debt Ceiling – EP268

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene, Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. The incoming us. President Donald Trump has called the US debt ceiling ridiculous. In this episode, I’m asking, Is he right about that? I have some fairly strong views on the debt ceiling, having been involved in policy regarding the debt ceiling here in Australia. So we used to have a debt ceiling. So I’ll talk a bit about the Australian debt ceiling. In my experience with it back in 2008 when I was an officer in Treasury. I’ve been prompted to cover this issue because the debt ceiling is part of the ongoing debate about the US budget, which flared up in the week before Christmas, Congress had to pass a continuing resolution to continue the funding of the federal government. So the federal government agencies had sufficient funds, and part of it, part of the debate, is the debt ceiling, the amount of debt that the US government can have on its book, so the amount of money it can borrow, and the debt ceiling has been suspended for a couple of years now, and it has to be renewed next year. So this is going to be an issue for the Trump administration. The US federal debt is well beyond the debt ceiling. The current debt ceiling is, think it’s around $31 trillion it’s 31.38 and a few other digits, trillion dollars. So a trillion is 1 million million. So 31 million million dollars. It’s it’s a big number. However, the US government has significantly more debt than that. The current gross debt is around 36 trillion so when the US government, when the Congress approves an increase in the debt ceiling, which it’s, you know, almost certainly it will do it will have to do to avert a major financial crisis, then it will have to increase the ceiling to accommodate the current level of debt, plus additional debt that the US government will incur in in future years, given that the US is still running very large budget deficits. So I think there’s no doubt they will, they will increase the debt ceiling, and we end up with this. You know, with these frequent debates over what the level of the debt ceiling should be, and there’s a lot of political grand standing over it, and hence we have Donald Trump saying, well, let’s just get rid of it. Okay, so what is the rationale for the debt ceiling in the first place? The rationale for it is that it’s going to enforce fiscal discipline of some kind. It will limit the amount of debt. Now it hasn’t really done that. In fact, the US Treasury website tells us that since 1960 Congress has acted 78 so 78 separate times to permanently raise, temporarily extend or revise the definition of the debt limit, and that was 49 times under Republican presidents, 29 times under Democratic presidents. And the Treasury writes on its website, congressional leaders in both parties have wrecked. Recognized that this is necessary, indeed it is necessary, because without borrowing the additional money, the US government wouldn’t have the cash available to to actually pay the bills, to pay Social Security recipients to pay Medicare, to pay interest on the debt, all of the things governments spend money on. Now the modern monetary theory, people might say, well, the government can essentially just print money. And indeed, one of the ideas for getting around the debt ceiling is to for the US Treasury to mint a $1 trillion coin. Of course, as I’ve discussed in other episodes of of this podcast, I’m not a fan of modern monetary theory. I think that’s a very you know, that’s the wrong way to go about things, particularly because it’s going to be inflationary. So assuming we’re not going to follow modern monetary theory, the government does need to borrow money to cover deficits, and hence, if it weren’t able to do that, and then if it ended up defaulting on some of its debts, not paying bondholders interest in time, then that’s going to cause trouble in financial markets. I mean, it’s hard to imagine what a default of the US government could do to both the US economy and the global economy. It certainly would be, would be very bad. There’s no doubt about that. And the congressional leaders so they will politically grandstand, but ultimately they will, they will have to to change it. And hence, the debt limit really doesn’t seem terribly effective, in my view, because it just keeps getting lifted. It could be argued that at least it does spark a public and political debate on national debt and the spending priorities of the government, of the US government. And it’s also an opportunity to negotiate some broader fiscal reforms, such as, there was a Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023 and that included some spending caps. So you could make an argument it does have some some benefit, but given the sizable US budget deficits we’ve talked about on this this show before, it doesn’t really seem to be having a substantial impact on the US budget, on prompting Congress to fix the budget in dealing with entitlements, which is where a lot of the spending is coming from, it doesn’t really have much of an impact on that. So if we look at the Treasury website, there’s a site fiscal data, treasury.gov.au, it will give you the the figures on on the on the deficit and for the fiscal year 2024 25 we see that there was $6.75 trillion of spending compared with $4.92 trillion of revenue for a total deficit of Well, the deficit is needed to make up the gap between revenue and spending. So to cover the shortfall in revenue, a deficit of $1.83 trillion which is, you know, another bit of evidence, in my view, supporting the notion that this debt ceiling is is rather ineffective. It it doesn’t really work to to address the underlying problems, other issues with it. Well, I mean one, one thing that is seems obvious to me is that it doesn’t really make a lot of sense to have a a debt ceiling or a fixed or set in nominal terms, in terms of current dollars, because the, well, the economy. Economy is going to get larger, there’s going to be inflation, and so hence having a debt ceiling in nominal figures, say 31 trillion. Well, what if you have inflation? Then that is lower in real terms. Or what if the economy expands and the the government could could actually tolerate if you could cope with a higher level of debt without any trouble? So having a debt ceiling in nominal terms is is a bit silly to me, so I’m not really a fan of it for that reason as well. So I would say that I think Trump is right about the debt ceiling, and it’s for those reasons the debt ceiling is ineffective, and also because, once the decisions around revenue and spending have been made by the Congress or by the Parliament here in Australia or in the United Kingdom, the amount of debt you end up with follows from those decisions. It’s not something that the government is choosing independent of those other of those other decisions. So it’s it’s the revenue and the spending decisions that are the critical decisions. That’s where the the action is. That’s where, if we are going to have rules that try to get better fiscal outcomes, that’s where they need to act the debt ceiling. All it seems to do is, once those spending and revenue decisions are made, and as we saw with those data for the US, with the with spending massively outstripping revenue, so spending on entitlements, Medicare, Social Security and also the large national defense budget, arguably you know, a necessary budget, but there is, of course, a lot of fraud, well, maybe not fraud, but a lot of waste in that budget. The Pentagon fails multiple audits. So there are concerns about that. Once those decisions are made, then the amount of debt really just follows from that, because the government needs to borrow the money to make up for the shortfall. So that’s that what that’s what needs to be fixed up. And given that, we can’t see any situation where Congress wouldn’t agree to to increase the debt limit, unless it, unless they wanted to, if, unless they were reckless in a way, or unless they they thought politically, it would make sense for them to crash financial markets so that I can’t see any any logic in that, or Political logic in it for their from their perspective, they’re going to increase it. And hence, you know, the action is going to be on revenue and expenditure. And this is where, as I’ve talked about on this show before, the Trump administration is going to face big challenges, because Trump doesn’t want to lift taxes. In fact, he wants to cut taxes. And he also doesn’t want to cut people’s entitlements, because he’s, you know, he’s a brilliant politician, really, and he knows that that sort of thing is not going to be popular. And he’s, uh, he’s going to try and find a way to control spending, which is politically beneficial or not politically costly for him, that will end up being difficult, I expect, because of the the nature of the entitlement programs and how it’s it’s hard to see saving a lot of money there without making some unpopular decision. So we’ve just got to wait and see how what happens there. Now, I mentioned earlier that I have some experience with a debt ceiling. In fact, we had a debt ceiling in Australia for several years from around 2007 at 2013 and this was set in the what’s called the Commonwealth inscribed STOCK Act. And I remember that act rather well because my team in Treasury. Three were in the debt policy unit. We had to amend that act of parliament. I mean, it was a very simple amendment. We had to change a number in in an Act of Parliament. So the bill was relatively simple, but we ended up having to do all of the paperwork associated associated with that, all the briefing, all of the analysis, I mean, the aofm, the Australian Office of Financial Management. It took care of all of the technical details and the borrowing the money. So big. Shout out to them in the treasury. We, we were looking at the budget and full, you know, based on what we knew about the state of the economy, the state of revenue, the government’s plans for a stimulus package. This is around late 2008 it was, wasn’t long before Christmas. I remember, we discovered that the revenue was much weaker than than previously forecast, and that, hence the the second stimulus package that government expected it would have to do, I suppose, or knew with a significant probability it would have to enact. It realized then that Okay, time, the time is, is right. This has to be done. And so the government suddenly has to start borrowing a lot of money. And the problem was that I can’t remember the exact figure, but at the time, we would have had between 50 to $55 billion of Australian government debt, of bonds on issue and in the Commonwealth inscribed STOCK Act, the limit was set at $75 billion now I have no idea. I wasn’t in the relevant team at the time that that limit was set, if I were, I would have advised against it, because it became clear very quickly that we were kind of sale well past at $75 billion when we had deficits of of many 10s of billions in in each year over the budget forward estimates, we had the financial crisis, and we, I think we would have had deficits of maybe 40 or something billion in one year, or I’d have to check the exact number, but we had rather large deficits, and over the forward estimates, they added up to an amount that meant that we would be approaching 200 billion. So 200,000 million dollars worth of debt. So we needed to change that number in the the Commonwealth inscribe STOCK Act to 200 to 200 billion. So we had the bill drafted, we prepared the explanatory memorandum, and we also worked on the the updated economic and fiscal outlook, essentially when we got back to Treasury after Christmas. And we did that in a, you know, very quick period in, uh, over January. And so it came out in early February, February 3, if I remember correctly, and then it just everything sort of went a bit crazy, in a way, the government announced, okay, things are much worse than we expected. We’ve got this new stimulus package. You can argue about whether that stimulus package was necessary or not. But regardless of whether or not the Rudd Government had a stimulus package, we would have, we would have had to have increased the debt limit, the debt ceiling, because revenues had collapsed, particularly in company tax receipts, because companies their revenues were down. Mining companies were making less revenue because of what had happened to commodity prices, and we were we needed to borrow more money. There was just no getting around it unless the government was going to engage in some sort of fiscal austerity, some perverse fiscal policy. And so we thought, okay with the government’s come clean about what’s going on. Everything’s okay. Now the aofm, the Australian Office of Financial Management, will be able to start borrowing money, and everything will be fine. Government won’t have to worry about whether there’s enough money in the bank, at the Reserve Bank, which you know, prior to getting that approval, or prior to having the AFM starting to borrow money again, that could have been an issue. There could have been an issue regarding whether there would have been sufficient funds. Dollars in the government’s bank account, the Reserve Bank. So we clearly needed to borrow money again. We needed to start the bond market up again, having larger bond auctions, and we needed to get that debt limit up to 200 billion. So what was a real surprise was when the then opposition leader Malcolm Turnbull announced that the gov, the opposition, at the time, wouldn’t support increasing the debt limit. And this was a huge, a huge shock politically, you can see why they do it, but it still came as a as a big shock. And when you think about it, I thought it, it didn’t make a lot of sense, given that in Australia, there’s been since the dismissal of the Whitlam government in 1975 which caused a lot of political turmoil and divided the country. Since that time, there’s been a consensus that the opposition would not block a federal budget. It would not block appropriation bills, which would, you know, which would bring a crisis of supply if they blocked those bills? That’s what happened in 1975 that’s what led to the dismissal of the Whitlam government. So there’s been a consensus that oppositions would support the budget. But here we had an opposition acting in a way which was effectively, would effectively have blocked the government’s plans with the budget or its updated budget, its mini budget, you could call it in February, 2009 and so this was a rather extraordinary situation. And I remember at the time, you know, we were scratching our heads about this, what’s going on? I mean, it did end up getting. It got passed at the end, I think, with green support in the Senate. I remember David Parker, who was acting treasury secretary at the time, and I had to go up to the Senate to explain to Bob Brown, who was the Greens leader at the time, what was going on, and provide some some background in the situation. So it was a it was a relatively tense time, and to what? Well, I guess the lesson that I took out of it is, let’s not have one of the lessons is, let’s not have really silly fiscal rules, like a debt limit of some kind, which ultimately just leads to political grandstanding, or at worst. I mean, if, if it actually did apply, then it could lead to a major, uh, financial and potentially wider economic crisis. So I’m not a supporter of a debt limit as much as I want to reduce debt as much as I believe in sound fiscal policy. I think a debt limit or a debt ceiling is the wrong way to go about it. And hence, I think President Trump, incoming, President Trump is, is on the right track there. And I think, look, perhaps he, he’s going to be the the president who will, he’ll be able to get them to to abolish it. I mean, he’s, he’s got a lot of seems to have incredible persuasive powers. So, so let’s see what happens Australia, by the way, we did away with our debt ceiling in in 2020 13. So the the new Abbott Government, it sought to increase the limit to 500 million, but 500 billion. But ultimately it decided to to abolish it, given that it now it’s inefficient, or it’s creates, you know, political risks. It’s, yeah, it’s just not terribly effective. So I think that was the right decision. And I’d also support getting rid of the budget, limit the budget, or the, sorry, the debt limit, debt ceiling in the US. And that’s not to say that they shouldn’t fix up their their budget. They need to do that. That’s an absolutely, absolute priority. But I don’t see the the debt ceiling has been as being part of that. What I would suggest, and this is something I I’ll cover in a future installment, is. What I think works better is a rule on spending. If you have some rule or some guideline regarding government spending, then that can be potentially more effective, or I think it will be more effective. And you know, arguably, may be desirable. And rules to look at include the Swiss debt break, and that requires that the the budget, the national budget in Switzerland, that’s balanced over the course of the business cycle, and that’s achieved by having a spending ceiling, so a limit on the amount of spending linked to revenue levels adjusted for economic conditions. So it’s a way of making sure that spending is is commensurate with the sort of long run revenue growth, so you’re not getting ahead of your revenue and not ending up with with permanent with structural deficits. So that’s the idea. You want a rule like that, of some kind. Another rule that is popular is the taxpayers Bill of Rights, which Dan Mitchell has called America’s fiscal gold standard, and any revenue above the growth of population plus inflation, any additional revenue that has to be returned to taxpayers, it rebated. So it’s a way of limiting the amount of of money that governments have to spend, it means that they don’t go and spend windfall gains in revenue. And that’s seen as a particularly effective way of of limiting government spending. That’s, it’s that’s possibly a bit more controversial than the debt break. I think the debt breaks arguably got more to recommend it. I have some concerns about table or just just the nature of it, and I have to you know how I want to look at that a bit more closely before I recommend it, I’d be more likely to recommend the Swiss debt break, and certainly I mean, Switzerland’s had a very good fiscal performance since it’s adopted it and over the last couple of decades, and it has low debt to GDP compared with the Eurozone average, so much lower. And the figure I’ve got in my notes is 37% of GDP, significantly lower than the Eurozone average of 97% so Swiss debt break looks like it’s a winner. Table. I’ll analyze that in more detail, in in future, in a future episode, because it’s a little bit more complicated than than the Swiss debt brake. So I’m not 100% confident in recommending that at the moment. Okay, so to conclude, I think that debt ceilings are a bad idea. The critical thing is to get control of spending relative to revenue. I mean, one option is to increase revenue, to increase taxes, but then that comes with economic consequences. I’d prefer that governments get control of their spending rather than try to close a fiscal gap, try to cover a fiscal deficit by increasing taxes. However, the critical thing is, whatever they do, they need to get control of their budget, to get their budget back into the into black, and it looks like things well, the debt ceiling, it doesn’t really help with that, because of the adverse economic consequences that would flow from a government being unable to borrow money when they need to borrow money because of the deficits that are being run. The political leaders, the Congress, they will always vote to to increase the debt limit, the debt ceiling, and so it doesn’t really have an impact on on improving the situation. Okay, so overall, I think Trump’s actually right on this one, that the US debt ceiling is ridiculous, right? I’ll be interested in your thoughts on this episode. Let me know what you think. If you have any views on fiscal rules that that could be helpful, then please get in touch. Send me a note. Contact@economicsexplored.com. Okay. Thanks for listening.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Trump & Trade, France in Crisis, Global Capitalism’s Flaws & Job Losses from AI w/ Jean-Baptiste Wautier – EP266

This episode explores the economic implications of Trump’s re-election, France’s political deadlock under Macron, and the future of global capitalism. Jean-Baptiste Wautier, a private equity investor and World Economic Forum speaker, shares insights on trade wars and deficits. He argues that short-term profit motives undermine the global capitalist system. Jean-Baptiste also discusses AI’s transformative potential. Please note this episode was recorded on 11 December 2024, before French President Macron appointed François Bayrou as the new PM. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

Timestamps for EP266

  • Introduction (0:00)
  • Economic Implications of Trump’s Re-Election (2:55)
  • Potential Global Trade War (5:50)
  • Global Trade and Economic Interdependence (8:29)
  • Challenges Facing France and the Fifth Republic (13:55)
  • Risks to the Eurozone (20:07)
  • Flaws in Global Capitalism and Potential Solutions (27:34)
  • Examples of Enlightened Capitalism (33:01)
  • The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Jobs (39:59)
  • Final Thoughts and Future Directions (44:50)

Takeaways

  1. Trump’s Second Term Risks: His proposed tax cuts and tariffs could reignite inflation and exacerbate the US federal deficit, leading to global economic consequences.
  2. France’s Political Instability: Macron’s government faces gridlock, which could potentially destabilize the Eurozone due to France’s growing budget deficit and political deadlock.
  3. Global Trade War Unlikely: Despite harsh rhetoric, economic interdependence makes a full-scale global trade war improbable, in Jean-Baptiste’s view.
    • Capitalism’s Short-Term Focus: Jean-Baptiste argues the current capitalist model prioritizes short-term profits over long-term sustainability, causing inefficiencies and negative externalities like mental health crises and economic inequality.

The Role of AI: AI is transforming industries at an unprecedented speed, raising concerns about job displacement and the need for economic adjustments, possibly extending to UBI (Universal Basic Income), depending on the scale of the displacement.

Links relevant to the conversation

Jean-Baptiste Wautier’s website:

EXPLAINER: Why is natural gas still flowing from Russia to Europe across Ukraine?

https://apnews.com/article/russia-ukraine-war-natural-gas-f9f00df7195d01404f8cb2a43152a8b1

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Is DeFi the Future of Finance? Exploring VirtuSwap’s Vision w/ Prof. Evgeny Lyandres – EP262

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  00:03

You look at all the negative externalities that our current system produced, they just gigantic. Think in terms of health, mental health, in particular, the younger generation. If you look at inequalities, not inequalities in the sense of, you know, morally, but inefficiency, the concentration of 10s of billions or hundreds of billions in the hands of a few individual means that they’re not going to be able to spend in a productive way this this amount of money. It’s yet another inefficiency when it comes to the economy. So there’s a lot of negative externalities that our system is producing and which is not making neither the best use of the resources we have, nor having the best impact on people’s well being.

Gene Tunny  00:56

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello and welcome to the show. Today, I’m joined by Jean Baptiste wartier, private equity investor, visiting lecturer and speaker at the World Economic Forum. We cover the economic implications of Trump’s re election, the potential for a global trade war, the challenges facing France and the state of Global Capitalism. Finally, we touch on the rapid advancements and the risks of job displacement associated with AI. Special. Thanks to Lumo coffee for sponsoring this episode. This top quality organic coffee from the highlands of Peru is packed with healthy antioxidants. Economics explored. Listeners can enjoy a 10% discount. Details are in the show notes. Now let’s jump into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. John Baptiste, welcome to the program. Thank you. Thanks for having me. Gene Of course, it’s great to chat. It’s such a interesting or what’s the word, suppose it’s challenging, and I mean, maybe vexing time for the global economy. There are, there are really some big things that are that are happening that it’s unclear what, what the ultimate impacts will be. So I want to chat about some of those with you today. And I mean, in brief, the election of Donald Trump to the second term, which I think has has surprised many, and that’s going to have implications. Of course, what’s happening in France is at the end of the Fifth Republic. What does that mean? And then also your thoughts on global capitalism? Because I know that’s something you’ve commented on. So to begin with, can I ask about the election of Trump to a second term. What are your thoughts on what that means for the global economy? Well,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  03:06

thanks, Gene. I think it’s, as you said, it’s incredibly the objective I would use is consequential, because there’s going to be it’s not only a surprise, as you said, not not so much a surprise to some, because you could tell that the way the polls were measuring the real intention of votes for Trump was sort of not completely capturing what was going on and, and I think people were surprised by the popular vote in particular, but, but in terms of its consequences, first, you’re going to have major consequences on the US economy. And I think the first one that comes to mind is inflation, because all of the planned tax cuts and tariffs all have inflationary impacts. And as you know, and as probably most know, inflation is not completely tamed, and central banks are right now hesitating as to what they should do next. And there’s been a sort of a very surprising pose by the Fed and by other central banks, because, again, they observing underlying inflationary trends, and that’s before the Trump measures. So I think the first thing to watch is going to be certainly high. Inflation can be reignited, or will be reignited by those measures. And I would say the immediate second red flag in terms of the US economy is how they’re going to manage the deficit, the federal deficit. These numbers are now staggering. If you look not only at the debt service, but also at the total debt to GDP of the US and how it’s it completely skyrocketed over the last 20 years, we now at levels that we last time so right after World War Two, and we now have. A debt service, and we say that service, but it’s actually interest. So just the interest charge on the public debt, that’s already 20% of receipts, and could go up to 30% so we’re talking about roughly a trillion of interest that need to be paid every year, which even for the US, is a huge number. It’s bigger than the total spend on the US Army and total defense budget. So I think these are incredibly powerful forces that could be unleashed. And I don’t see an easy exit. Whether there’s, you know, some some new inflation trends in the next six to eight months, whether, suddenly, you know, you have all sorts of issues with the how deficits are being tamed. These are going to be major issues that US economy will face very soon. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  05:53

Yeah, absolutely. And what do you think about the potential for a global trade war? Is that a is that a real risk. I mean, we’ve had Trump threaten tariffs on Well, I mean, you know, tariffs against China, a big tariff against China, 60% or wherever, or 100% even 20% across the board, tariffs on Mexico and Canada, unless they control immigration. What do you see as the as the potential, all the risks there of a global trade war and consequently, global slump.

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  06:28

Yeah, I think this one worries me less, despite all the rhetoric that we’ve heard. And it’s not only Trump, it’s you hear that from China. You hear that from also the European Union, who’s talking about, you know, we need to protect our internal market more. We need to tax Chinese cars and all sorts of things. I mean, there’s, there’s, there’s a lot of rhetoric out there. Certainly, the reason why I’m less concerned is even though, you know, we should acknowledge that the world have a lecture at at transport Paris, which is called Global and multipolar world. And it’s indeed a multipolar world. So we have, for sure, exited this sort of Pax Americana and an economy that’s really dominated by the US economy, and where it’s all about globalization and free trade. I think now we have more regional powers. Now we still have a very global and interdependent economy. And despite all of the the efforts from the US, from Europe to try and relocate some of the supply chain, there’s still a lot of dependency. You know, if you look at the production of semiconductors, if you look at commodities, if you look at energy, there’s a dependency on very few places in the world. And I think it’s going to be very hard to really go aggressively with tariffs, even for the US and despite still the dominance that the US has. So I think it’s being used as a tool, as a threat, as a way of negotiating hard. And probably there will be, you know, a few things here and there which are going to be more symbolic than real, real tariffs that shut down the economy. I think it’s just not attainable these days for any economy, even the US,

Gene Tunny  08:21

yeah, yeah. Well, let’s hope sanity prevails. I like that point you made about just the connectedness of the global economy and the the importance of keeping trade open for critical, you know, for those crucial materials that are sourced from, you know, various particular parts of the world. And there’s a good book by Ed Conway recently on the material world, which I loved, which I think really illustrated that quite, quite well. Can I ask you mentioned a was it a lecture or a seminar in Paris, global and multi polar world? What was that? Again? What are the specifics, please?

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  08:58

Yeah, it’s, it’s, it’s a lecture I give to first year master students in Paris. And it’s really about trying to understand the new global economy, which, again, is a combination of exactly as you summarized. It’s global. Supply chains are global. This trade is at its peak compared to global trade at its peak compared to any time in history. But at the same time, there’s dependency on certain, certain parts of the world, on, you know, think of, I don’t know, batteries for electric cars, where all of those, those rare minerals, are only produced in one or two parts in the world, right? You know, in China, in Russia, like two or three countries, think, of course, oil, oil and gas. But also think manufacturing in general. You know, if you look at things like compounds that they use for many for drugs, those. Compounds. Half of the production is in India today, sort of the primary compounds that are being so this is what this seminar is about. It’s really about understanding how this interconnectedness, as you call it, is has become incredibly prevalent, and it’s very hard to revert, at least in short order. And that’s where sovereignty has become an issue for, you know, sort of regional economies like like the ones in Europe, but even for the US, again, you see this constant debate about the importance of Taiwan and the supply of semiconductors coming from, and how strategic this is, because there aren’t that many places that provide semiconductors, and at a time where it’s all about your ability to build data centers build artificial intelligence capabilities, you know, these are incredibly critical, not only to those to those industries, but also to your sovereignty. So it’s all about understanding this level of interdependency, and how, despite all the rhetoric in the world, there’s a limit to what you can do. I love that. There’s one. It’s a tiny example, but it’s so to me, it’s so telling. Which is the supply of natural gas from Russia that goes through Ukraine and then serves Europe is still functioning. So you have sanctions on Russia. You have a war between Russia and Ukraine. Ukraine has been invaded by Russia. And despite all of that, there’s still some gas produced in Russia going through Ukraine and, and, and, and being, being, being delivered to some European countries and, and it’s just because there’s no other way, you know, there’s this so that that tells you how this sometimes is a disconnect between the rhetoric and the actual dependency of the various economies.

Gene Tunny  12:00

Rod, hang on. So there’s a there’s a pipeline that goes through Ukraine, and so the Why don’t the Ukrainians sabotage it? Because the Germans are telling them, oh, you can’t sabotage that, because we need

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  12:16

so good question. It’s even worse than you think, because, because Russia is paying Ukraine for the pipeline, right? And, and they all interdependent. Russia needs to sell its gas. Ukraine needs the royalties from having the gas going through its pipeline and its country. And then the countries in Europe need, need, need the natural gas, and, and, and it’s, it’s a bit like, I don’t know it’s, it’s like Russian oil, you know, Russian oil, and ends up being recycled through a fleet, a ghost fleet, of tankers and ghost insurance companies, and that it gets acquired by in India or China, which To refine it and then sell it back to the European countries. It’s the same. It’s the same irony. There’s the sanctions, but then there’s reality of, we need, we need gas, yeah, and Europe doesn’t produce any, yeah,

Gene Tunny  13:14

it’s extraordinary. I mean, there are, there’s a story like that, I think, from the First World War, which is similar. And Ed Conway tells that in his book, I think there’s a story about how the British had to do a deal with Germany during the First World War, that it was in a bit of conflict with, you know, millions of men dead. And it did. It was, I think it was a range through Switzerland. It was a deal for for optical glass, but that they needed for binoculars. Because, yeah, the Germans were the leaders, you know, Zeiss and all of that in in optical glass. And I forget what the British maybe they provided them rubber, because the British had the plantations in Burma or so, yeah, just extraordinary. I have to look into that. That’s it is, yeah, incredible. So you’re, you’re teaching, you do some teaching in Paris. What’s happening with France? I mean, like I remember going to the the Bastille Day celebrations here in Brisbane, at the so Patel in 2017 which is a couple of months after Macron was elected. And there was so much enthusiasm about Macron and and so much excitement about what he could do for France, and it just all seems to have disintegrated, and now there’s a risk of talking about, is this the end of the Fifth Republic? Could you tell us a bit about what’s going on there? Please? Jean Baptiste,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  14:36

of course, yeah. And it’s, you know, the French like to make it incredibly complex as always, but it’s, it’s, it’s, indeed, an incredible turn of event, because, you enthusiasm was shared by many people when Macron was elected as someone who was, you know, very modern, pro business, balanced and could really take, take the country further. Um. He did a few things, but not that many during his first mandate, then got re elected, and unfortunately, there’s two issues at play right now. The first one is Macron got elected, but it you know, we could say the same about the UK, probably, and other other countries in Europe. Macron got elected, not as a positive vote from the majority of the French voters, but it was elected against Marine Le Pen. Who’s this? You know, very extreme right, a very nationalist Populist Party, but which has, effectively, over the years, become the leading party in France. They today, they represent anywhere between a third and 40% of the total votes you take all of the last three elections. And she, she was always around around that mark. So that’s pretty high. And the second, the second party was probably elect Marcos party back back back in 22 during the presidential election, but it was far behind, like it was 10 to 15 points behind, and the only reason why he got reelected is because all of the other parties voted against my Le Pen and therefore said I don’t like Macron. I don’t like his policy, I don’t like what he stands for. I don’t like his personality, but it’s better than Le Pen. And so it’s, it’s, you know, you start off of wrong premise here, which is, it’s not, it’s not that people think is the right guy with the right ideas and the right program. It’s like, No, we just want to avoid the populist and the extremists. And then there was a European election in 24 earlier this year that Macron again lost, but it was just a reflection of if you if you looked at the first round of the presidential election, it was already pretty much the same numbers the one I just gave you. So Le Pen came in France with a third of the votes, and then it was not even Second. Second was a coalition of the left parties, and then Macron was third. So it was really a proper defeat. And and he had a very emotional reaction, you know, couldn’t believe that he was he was such a negative vote against him, and they decided to dissolve the assembly, which the President can do once a year, according to the Fifth Republic constitution. And so when you do that, you have parliamentary election. So even though there had been parliamentary election in 22 where already he had no majority. So keep that in mind, even though he’d won the presidential election, and that’s again, because of what I explained, that he didn’t really command a majority. Anyway, he lost again this parliamentary election, but by an even bigger margin, and now no party is commanding any majority in parliament. You have may Le Pen is still the biggest, but thanks to the way the voting system works in France, they don’t have 40% of the seats. Even though they had 40% of the votes. They have like more, like 2025 then the sort of Macron coalition of, you know, center right and center left have roughly another 30% and then there’s, there’s a large coalition of the left, but from extreme left to center left, which has another third. And so you have, you have a deadlock parliament. Is that nobody commands a majority, and everybody’s taking a very extreme position, like no one wants to work with one another. And this is the other very typical French thing at play here, which is France is a lot is long on the ideology, short on pragmatism, the opposite of the Anglo Saxon world. And so all of those three, those three thirds, if you wish, are really sticking to their guns in terms of ideas and programs and what they think should be done. So Macron thought, again, he could have the upper hand because he’s so smart and he’s going to manipulate all of these people, and he’s going to get them into a rhythm. But he actually failed, because again, the Prime Minister he appointed three months ago was was voted out by the parliament. Because again, there’s no majority, and there’s still no emergence of majority. Now is it the end of the Fifth Republic? I think not yet, because it’s a very high bar to change the constitution, and if you you can’t even pass a budget, which is right now, the dynamic at play in France, it’s going to be even harder to have a new constitution unless you put it to to a referendum. So I think you’re going to end up it’s going to be a bit like, like Belgium. Him as seeing for, you know, for two years, you’re going to go from one government to the next. Macro is never going to leave. I think it’s just too that’s his personality. I think he will never want to leave, and he doesn’t have to to be fair. And I think you’re just going to see trials and errors. Trials and errors probably budget never, really, never read, adopted, and they’re going to continue to function in that sort of very transitional mode until the next presidential election, which is in 27 so it’s not going to be it’s not going to be good for the country, because nothing’s going to happen. People are going to be very unhappy. Budgets are not going to be balanced, which is also bad because France is now running the largest deficit in the eurozone and needs to get its acts together, but without any majority in parliament, it’s going to be very hard to balance. So I think it’s, you know, it’s also a real threat for the European Union and the eurozone, because dysfunctional France for another two and a half years, it’s going to be a real issue for the for the entire region. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  21:05

yeah, that’s what I was wondering about. Just what does it mean for for the stability of of the euro, and whether there are any risks of of a Eurozone breakup at some stage? Is that actually a realistic prospect, or is that just something that you don’t think will ever happen.

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  21:23

So I don’t think it’s a zero probability, because again, France right now is running a deficit which is around 6% of GDP as a total debt to GDP of 120% and given the current political dynamic that we just talked about. It’s not going to balance its books anytime soon, and so far, because France is such a foundational country for the European Union and the Euro zone, together with Germany, the commission has been incredibly lenient, and as given France three years, and then five and now seven years, not not even to balance its books, to get back to 3% of GDP for its public deficit, which is the benchmark that you’re supposed to observe. But even if it does that in seven years, the debt is still, you know, it’s still spiraling. And so I see the risk of a Greek episode or a trust episode on France like a real possibility. So not necessarily the fact that the Eurozone is going to completely implode, that I think is a low risk, but I think there’s a real risk of sovereign crisis and the cost of the French debt suddenly spiking. It has already gone up significantly when you look at the spreads with Germany, but I think it could go much, much higher. When it starts to go much higher, you’re going to have to have like, like, in the case of Greece, back in the days, an intervention of ECB or IMF or both, which are going to force reforms on France in terms of balancing its budget, reducing its spending, so that, I think as a real probability. I wouldn’t say it’s, it’s, it’s certain, because there’s been a good amount of leniency so far, but I see that as a real probability of occurring. That would save the euro, but that would be a disaster for France.

Gene Tunny  23:28

And just briefly, what is the cause of the budget deficit? I mean, obviously too much spending relative to taxation and other revenue. But is it entitlement programs? Is it a an excess a blighted public service. Do you have any thoughts on that? So,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  23:43

yeah, yeah, absolutely. I mean, first of all, if you to put things in perspective, Mark quandry during his seven years when he took over the French, total debt, total public debt, was 2000 billion euros. He added 1000 billion euros during his seven years, which is mind boggling. So when, when you try and disaggregate where this, this came from and and also to answer to your question on, on public deficits, of course, COVID is part of this, but COVID is only a third of this 1000 billions that were added. So a lot of money has been has been spent on two fronts. One Macron tried to make companies more profitable, more competitive, make France more attractive when it comes to investment. So a lot of money has been spent on reducing tax, both for companies and for wealthy individuals. So is introduced a flat tax wait when it comes to capital gains and on the corporate side, he’s reduced the overall tax rate, and he’s introduced a lot of exemptions, and that that is 10s of 10s of billions of euros. Yes, in terms of the spending, and then on the other side, the other source of deficit, and that was a lot of very, I was going to say generous, but crazy, excuse my term, but crazy spend on, you know, helping people with inflation, helping people with energy, helping people with all sorts of subsidies and public spending on things that would never have any structural impact. So you were just helping people for the next six months. But then, you know, and then what? And so they’ve been throwing, again, 10s of billions like this over the last two years, probably also help, you know, hoping that it would appease the country and it would help with people purchasing power and all the rest, but the budget was already in deficit, so you never had that money in the first place. And then the last thing that happened over the last 12 months, which frankly, is is farcical, is they made. They made mistakes in budgeting 2425 because they were hoping that their revenues, which follow the trend of the 2122 fiscal years, whereas these years were rebound from the COVID years. So they were not sort of a normative level. So again, then they didn’t size properly the spends, because they completely overestimated their revenues, and so that’s what created that huge deficit that that we’re seeing now, that’s been widening in less than a year, right?

Gene Tunny  26:31

Okay, yeah. I mean, we’ve had the energy subsidies here in in Australia, and yeah, I guess we’ve made forecast errors in the past, but not, not quite that sounds extraordinary, if they’ve ended up with a Yeah, it is seven, 6% deficit, extraordinary. Okay, well, that’s it is. I’ll keep an eye on what’s happening in France for sure. Yeah. Okay. We’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  27:00

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding, submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies and economic modeling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adept economics.com.au, we’d love to hear from you

Gene Tunny  27:29

now. Back to the show. Last thing I want to cover Jean Baptiste is this question of capitalism. So you’ve you’ve been involved in World Economic Forum, and you’ve so you’ve been a in financial markets for decades, and so you’ve been a long term observer of what we you know, our capitalist system. And you’ve got some thoughts on like, what you see is the flaws in it and how it can be improved. Could you tell us what do you see as the flaws or the problems with our current system of Global Capitalism,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  28:05

of course. I mean, the to me, the if you start at the very macro level, and you look at all the negative externalities that our current system produced, they’re just gigantic. Whether you look, I mean, the first one that, of course, comes to mind is, is global warming and environment and all the rest. But to me, it’s, it’s far it’s far bigger than this. Because I also think in terms of health, if you look at statistics, in terms of in terms of obesity, for example, whether it’s in the US or in Europe, if you look at mental health and how social media function, and how they impacted mental health, in particular the younger generation, if you look at inequalities, not inequalities in the sense of, you know, morally, but inefficiency, the concentration of 10s of billions or hundreds of billions in the hands of a few individual means that they’re not going to be able to spend in a productive way this this amount of money. So I’m not, I’m really not approaching this, you know, with a moral aspect and just it’s, it’s yet another inefficiency when it comes to the economy. So there’s a lot of negative externalities that our system is producing and which is not making neither the best use of the resources we have, nor having the best impact on people’s well being, simple as that, and and the planet well being so so that that is, to me, the issue right now. And when I try and look at the root cause, the root cause is, over the last, I would say, 3040, 50 years, capitalism has really shifted to becoming incredibly short term and becoming solely focused on profit maximizing, short term profit. And it’s not always been like that. If you if you go back in history, and you look. At the the great industrialist in the US, you know, the great billion of the Rockefellers of this world, the carnegies, the perspective was much more medium to long term. And we’re going to build companies to solve a problem. And if we solve that problem efficiently, profit will be the consequence of solving a problem, problem efficiently for the further society, as opposed to, is going to be the objective. And if you go even further back in history, and you look, you go back to Adam Smith, that’s exactly what Smith, you know, sort of theorized. So even if you go back to the father of liberalism and capitalism, that was already the way it was, it was conceived. So I think this is, this is the issue we facing right now. We’re trying to lay a regulation, you know, in the hope that, oh, we’re going to reduce carbon emissions, we’re going to reduce the use of plastic, we’re going to reduce energy consumption at its and it’s just not working. It’s not working. Because if you look at the global energy consumption in the world, it’s going up. If you look at where it’s coming from, it’s still coming 80% from, you know, fossil fuel. If you look at all the innovations, look at the energy consumption of a Google and Microsoft, it’s the size of a country consumption. You look at, again, you look at the impact on people of all the social media, you know, it’s not, you can’t argue that there’s a lot of negative there. And you look at obesity prevalence in the US or in most developed countries in Europe, it’s going up, up, up. And, you know, it’s, it’s, it’s neither good for the people, not for the society. So all of these things are not going in the right direction and and it’s, it’s not by regulation, by regulating, because we already over regulated, especially in Europe. It’s already impossible to know all of the regulation, and you can never capture it’s too complex. You know, the these, these are too complex to monetize, to measure, to regulate. It’s just impossible. So I think the only way is two things. One, to try and be longer term in terms of how company and investors make decisions, because again, time horizon does matter here. And the second thing is in terms of, again, investors, governance, the way we incentive boards and management, and it’s all about what is the problem which you’re trying to solve, as opposed to maximizing exported profit. And as long as we don’t turn this onto its head and and sort of make profit as a consequence rather than as an objective. I think we’ll continue to, you know, go in circles and observe negative externalities more and more and never come up with a solution. It’s still, you know, it’s a very, it’s a very fundamental issue. It’s not, it’s not one that can be sold easily, but it’s, it’s, I think it’s one we should be concerned with.

Gene Tunny  33:04

Okay, so just to understand, are you arguing that? Well, there are a couple of ways you could look at this. Should, should people have this in concept of enlightened self interest, where they they see beyond the immediate, and they see, well, we’d actually be better off if we thought longer term. So that’s one thing that so there’s that possibility, or are you arguing that they should take into account these wider social or environmental impacts, even if it isn’t of benefit to them directly, because they should have a wider concept of well being than just their company could. I’m just trying to understand what your position is precisely, please. Sean Baptiste,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  33:49

yeah, no, of course. And it’s no absolutely, and it’s actually both. It’s both changing the time horizon and focusing on on a higher purpose, as opposed to just the bottom line and the profit that you’re going to generate for the fiscal year. So time horizon? Why? And this is something I’ve observed, you know, I’ve spent more than two decades in private equity, and private equity, despite what people may think is actually quite long term, because you invest in companies for 456, years, and then you need to sell this company to someone who’s going to hold it for yet another at least five years, if not more. So when you invest in a business, you need to think the next 10 years. And when you do that, I’ll give you a stupid example. You not going to buy a an incredibly profitable company that makes disposable plastic bags, because you know that the trend is not your friend. So you might look at amazing financials, amazing cash flow generation, amazing management team, blah, blah, blah. You know, great market position, but you know that in five years time, nobody would want to buy this of you. So. So that’s what having a long time horizon brings you, is you will automatically factor in those negative externalities that instantly may not necessarily impact your everyday profit, but in the long run, will, will will no longer be able to be monetized. And the second thing I’m advocating, because I’m trying to, I’m trying to, quote, unquote, see how we can save capitalism and liberalism, because I’m still a great believer in those two capitalism, because that’s the best way we found to create wealth for all you know, collectively, by rewarding risk taking and hard work. So I think we should preserve that, because that works, that engine works and liberalism, because that’s the world I want to live in where I have agency and freedom of starting my own company and freedom of speech. So I’m trying to see, okay, how do I save that? But by getting rid of all those negative things that you know, impacting our societies, and that’s where I’m thinking. Instead of layering regulation which is already impossible to navigate, let’s do this bottom up and have companies which now not only elongate the time horizon, but also focus on what problem are we solving and what is, what is our net benefit to society, not only how good is our product, but also, you know, the well being of my employees, of my suppliers, of my and the society around me, the community. So it’s, it’s what people call stakeholder capitalism. So you really factor in all of the the impacts that you have, direct or indirect, and that’s how you you manage your business, as opposed to what’s going to be my net income, net income for next year? Yeah.

Gene Tunny  36:51

Do you have any examples of companies that you think are doing this well, or could be examples to others?

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  36:57

So there are. There are fascinating examples of companies which are owned by foundations and which have been, you know, one that makes the headlines is Novo Nordisk, which, you know, has made this ozempic product that that is concurring the world. But you have, you have more and more companies, especially in Scandinavia and in the north of Europe, that are being owned by foundations, and those foundations are the shareholders and the way they look again at their businesses. I’m not obsessed with how much dividend can be paid up next year. I’m looking at my purpose, my competencies, my 1015, 20 years horizon, and profit will come if I if I’m doing things right, and if I’m doing things that really bring value to society, I’m going to be a profitable business. And again, that’s what Adam Smith theorized, and he was right. And so you’re seeing more and more examples of this, of, you know, this small, more inclusive capitalism, or companies which are so there are examples, it’s, it’s, it’s nowhere near the majority of companies today. But you know, if you combine those owned by foundations, those owned by families, or founders, very successful founders. I don’t want to it’s a bit of a funny example I’m going to use but, but if you look at musk, there’s a lot of negative things in terms of how much wealth is now being concentrated into his hands, granted. But on the other side, the way he’s built this business. Was never obsessing over next quarter profit. You know, he’s been people were saying, Tesla is going to go bankrupt because they’d been burning cash for so many years. And then when he launched SpaceX, people were like, what i How can you make a profit? You know, sending satellites and going to Mars, there’s no business for that. And Mesa is doing it better than you. And look at where we are today. So he’s an example of an incredible entrepreneur, whether you like him or not, you know you have to look at what he’s achieved. It was never thinking, I want to, I want to be worth 300 billion in 2024, which he, incidentally, he is now. So there’s more and more example that that, that one can can find of, you know, if, if we manage to really turn this onto its head, I think, I think there’s a there’s a path. It’s not an easy one, but I think there’s a path.

Gene Tunny  39:38

Yeah, absolutely, I think, yeah, certainly worth, worth considering, I think Musk is a, he’s a good example of that Bucha nearing capitalist. I mean, is the closest thing we’ve got say to someone, you know, I guess Howard Hughes many years ago, or, yeah, you know, I guess some of the great industrialists you mentioned in Carnegie and all of that. Yeah, absolutely, yeah, absolutely, right. Oh, this has been fascinating conversation. John Baptist, anything else before we we should go anything else that’s that you’ve been thinking about and things worth, worth covering before we wrap up,

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  40:13

right? Thank you, Gene. I enjoyed it. I mean, there’s so much, as you said in your introduction. You know, it’s not just these, these tectonic shift on the geopolitical front, and we only we talked about some of the hot topics, but talk about the Middle East. We haven’t talked about Russia, we haven’t talked about China, and there’s so many things happening there. So it feels like all of these tectonic plaques are moving right now at the same time, and just as if it wasn’t enough, I think artificial intelligence is the most, is the quickest, most far reaching industrial revolution of our times. So you’re overlaying on a world that’s sort of rearranging a massive industrial revolution, which is going to change so many things in our lives. I think we live really fascinating times, and I really enjoy talking about this, because I think we should all have eyes wide open and watch and learn. Yeah, absolutely.

Gene Tunny  41:17

I think just on AI, what are you most excited about? What are there some, are there some develop? I mean, we’ve seen chat, GPT and all of the large language models, but are there certain things that are that are exciting you at the moment? So

Jean-Baptiste Wautier  41:33

I think, well, what’s exciting me is, apart from things that really needs very human emotional intelligence or human presence. There’s so many and some element of judgment, but there’s so many jobs, so many things we do in our daily lives that are a few years away of being replaced by artificial intelligence is just mind boggling. And the only thing that was, you know, sort of delaying it is progress in terms of quantum computing. And you would have seen Microsoft announcement, I mean, the So, so we’re just a few years away of doing so many things with it in everything we do, I think humans will all will be social animals. So we’ll always need, you know, we’ll always need to meet in person. We’ll always need to share motions, to share ties together. When you try and think of care, and there’s certain industries or art investment where you need a lot of judgment at times they will, they will still be pockets where you need human input. But I don’t know, more than half of the things we do can be more or less replaced by by a computer tomorrow. And so that’s that fascinates me. And you know, medicine could be so much better. There’s so many things that could be so much better, but at the same time, it’s a revolution that has very little content when it comes to jobs, employment. All the previous industrial revolution, it was the creative destruction of Schumpeter, right? So they were sort of destroying some industries, but some others were being created. And the level of wealth and productivity was was going up this one not only is going faster than the previous ones, because it’s more like 20 or 30 years as opposed to 50 or 80, but on top of that, it’s not creating jobs. You look at the ratio of market cap of the largest tech companies to the number of jobs they have. I mean, it’s ridiculous. Yeah, we’ve never seen such a bad ratio and and that’s, that’s what worries me, on the flip flip side is, what are we going to do when we can replace, you know, so many things, and it’s not only that, it’s going to be efficient, it’s going to be very low on cost, so it’s going to be a no brainer to replace man by machine in minutes. What are we going to do with all of these job that we’ve destroyed and with all these people that become an employee? That’s that’s the one that worries me. Hopefully excited.

Gene Tunny  44:12

This is why some of my guests argue in favor of UBI So, yes, I mean, I’m not necessarily advocating that, but I think you know that if that scenario, if that’s what happens, and then UBI becomes, becomes more compelling, I’d say, so, yeah, absolutely okay. Thanks so much for the conversation. I really enjoyed it. You’re right. There are so many other issues we could have, we could have covered, but then I’d probably be talking to you for two or three hours, and we might have to have another schedule, another chat, subtitles. I found this very, very enlightening. And, yeah, I think, like the idea of that, course you’re teaching the global and multi polar world. I think that’s so important. This, this whole idea that, since certainly things are. Different from what we expected after the end of the Cold War. We saw the US dominant, but now we see Yeah, just yeah, the multi polar world, as you say, or even a G zero world as Ian Bremmer, yeah, says, Absolutely. I enjoyed it. All right. Thank you. Gene Thanks. John Burt, right. Oh, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explored.com, or a voicemail via speak pipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you, then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Obsidian  46:00

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode for more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

2024 Highlights: Reagan’s Budget Czar on Trump | Greedy Jobs | Super Abundance | Buffett in Omaha | Housing & Immigration

Host Gene Tunny discusses significant economic issues from the year. He features clips from interviews with experts on various topics, including the economic consequences of Donald Trump’s re-election, the U.S. budget deficit, the gender pay gap, and environmental impact. President Reagan’s budget director David Stockman criticizes Trump’s policies for being anti-capitalist, citing a $8 trillion increase in public debt. Fiscal policy wonk Dan Mitchell argues that higher taxes are not the solution to the U.S. budget deficit, as spending is the primary issue. Leonora Risse (Assoc. Prof., University of Canberra) explains the concept of “greedy jobs” contributing to the gender pay gap. Marion Tupy of the Cato Institute discusses the long-term decline in commodity prices, and Daniel Lawse of Verdis Group emphasizes the need for sustainable, long-term thinking in business and policy. Daniel also reflects on the modest lifestyle of Warren Buffett, another Omaha resident. John August discusses the impact of immigration on Australia’s housing crisis.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

Timestamps for EP265

Links relevant to the conversation

Episodes featuring the clips:

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/01/28/reagans-budget-boss-david-stockman-on-trumps-economic-policies-ep224/

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/04/17/is-uncle-sam-running-a-ponzi-scheme-with-the-national-debt-w-dr-dan-mitchell-ep235/

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/03/10/the-gender-pay-debate-understanding-the-factors-behind-the-gap-w-dr-leonora-risse-ep230/

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/10/16/abundance-mindset-exploring-the-super-abundance-thesis-w-marian-tupy-cato-institute-ep258/

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/06/01/helping-seattle-aquarium-others-go-to-net-zero-and-beyond-w-daniel-lawse-verdis-group-ep242/

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/04/17/housing-crisis-and-immigration-australias-tough-choices-w-john-august-ep236/

Leonora’s review of Career and Family: Women’s Century-Long Journey toward Equity, by Claudia Goldin

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/1475-4932.12716?domain=author&token=UPATKK2WTIAEZ49UMRMV

Principle of Charity podcast episodes on degrowth:

https://podcasts.apple.com/au/podcast/can-degrowth-save-the-planet/id1571868650?i=1000674757240

https://podcasts.apple.com/au/podcast/can-degrowth-save-the-planet-pt-2-on-the-couch/id1571868650?i=1000675655623

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Is DeFi the Future of Finance? Exploring VirtuSwap’s Vision w/ Prof. Evgeny Lyandres – EP262

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:00

Gene, welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene, Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello. Thanks for tuning in to the show. This is the 2024 highlights episode, and this episode, I want to play some clips from some of my favorite episodes of 2024 Okay, to start off, we probably should cover one of the biggest stories of the year, if not the biggest story, which was the re election or of Donald Trump as US President. So that is going to have some very profound economic consequences. And I chatted with my friend and colleague, Darren Brady Nelson about it days after the news on the show. So that was a few episodes ago. Darren is someone who is supportive of Trump on the show, I’ve had critics of Trump and one of those prominent critics in the States is somebody by the name of David Stockman, who was Ronald Reagan’s Director of Office, of management and budget. So he was a budget official for Ronald Reagan, who is the celebrated Republican president of the 1980s and Stockman is one of the never Trumpers, and I had a very interesting conversation with him early In the year, and I wanted to play a clip from that episode, because I think Stockman is someone who deserves to be listened to, and I think, personally, I think he makes some good points. So without further ado, let’s play the first clip, and this is David Stockman on Trump’s war on capitalism. You argue that he is a clear and present danger to capitalist prosperity. Could you explain, David? How do you How can we reconcile these things? I mean, Donald Trump does seem to be the exemplar of a capitalist, but yet he’s a threat to capitalism. How do we reconcile these facts?

David Stockman  03:05

Well, those are great questions. I don’t think really he’s an exemplar of capitalism, and we can get into that. I think he’s an exemplar of getting lucky when the Fed created so much inflation and asset prices and made debt so cheap that if you were a speculator in New York City Real Estate or elsewhere, you possibly made a lot of book wealth. But I don’t think it was capitalist genius behind it. That’s the first point. The second point is that his policies were really almost anti capitalist in some common sense. Notion of conservative economics. To have a healthy capitalist economy, you need three things. One, fiscal rectitude. You can’t be running up the public debt, spending like there’s no tomorrow, and having the government grow and mushroom and impinge in every direction on the economy. You can’t have easy money and a central bank that is flooding the system with cheap credit and excess liquidity. You can’t have a government that is really anti free market, which is what trade protectionism is all about, and he’s the biggest protectionist in the White House, you know, since, I don’t know, Hoover signed smooth Holly in 1931 so all of his policies were really in the wrong direction. Now, I do concede in the book that the one abiding virtue that Donald Trump has is he’s got all the right enemies. Okay? The establishment hates him, The New York Times, The Washington Post, CNN, The Washington what I call unit party establishment, the leadership and the long standing careerist of both parties can’t stand him, but basically, it’s because he’s an outsider. Because he’s unwilling to conform, and he’s pretty obnoxious and unpredictable. That’s why they’re against him. The point of the book, though, is none of his power his policies were wrong, even if he had the right enemies, and nothing that he did help the economy or addressed the huge long term problems we have of a runaway public debt, of a government that’s way too big and too costly and too intrusive, and especially at the heart of the matter a central bank that is out it’s a rogue central bank. It’s out of control, and yet Trump was constantly on their case, demanding even easier money, lower interest rates, even more, you know, of the same that got us into, you know, the huge bubbles and troubles that came from them. So the point of my book was to say he had a chance. He’s got a four year record, we can look at it as terrible. It offers nothing in terms of remediation of our great problems and putting us in a different direction for the future. So, you know, don’t waste the opportunity. And you know, that’s about where I come out,

Gene Tunny  06:20

right? Oh, okay, so you write about what you call the Donald’s reckless fiscal and monetary policy. So we might talk about fiscal first. Now, among other things, you talk about the most grotesque act of fiscal malfeasance in American history. So that was something that Trump was associated with you argue, are you talking about the the big tax cut, the Trump tax cut in 2017 is that? Is that something you see as as reckless? That’s

David Stockman  06:51

part of it. But I’m looking at the overall picture and the data, the big top line data on spending, and borrowing on the public debt. Now let’s just take it down to the core metric, which is the public debt. I mean, if you’re running huge deficits and spending far beyond your willingness or ability to tax, it comes out in the public debt. When Trump became president in wrong terms, the public debt was about 20 trillion. When he left, it was 28 that’s 8 trillion of growth, 8 trillion of debt, public debt in four years. You let me ask the question, when did when did we get the first 8 trillion of public debt, and how long did it take us to get there? The answer is, in 203, it took us 216 years, 43 presidents, to rack up 8 trillion of debt. He did it in four years. That’s kind of the bottom line. It puts it in perspective, in terms of how big the error was. If we look at other more conventional measures, you get the same picture.

Gene Tunny  08:01

Okay, so that was David Stockman, who was President Reagan’s Director of Office of Management and Budget, and he’s certainly no fan of President Trump, certainly, I mean, Trump is going to have big consequences for the economy. There’s a lot of concern about a global trade war. There’s concerns about, I mean, really, will he be able to get the the budget into shape he has Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy at the Department of government efficiency. It remains to be seen how much real influence they will have and to what extent they’ll be able to to get the budget under control. One of the challenges, of course, is the the role of the entitlement program, Social Security and Medicare, which are such big parts of the budget, and just they’re on autopilot. Really, they’re, they’re demand driven. They respond to people’s needs that the entitlements are dictated by the acts of Congress, so they’re very hard to change, right? Oh, so on the the issue of getting the budget under control, I’d like to play a clip from my interview with Dan Mitchell. So I spoke to Dan in episode 235 in April, and it was about his new book, The Greatest Ponzi scheme on Earth. So it’s about us, government debt. So Dan is one of my favorite commentators. He’s got a really great blog called International liberty. If you’re not subscribed to that, definitely check it out. I mean, Dan’s coming from a libertarian perspective, someone who’s skeptical of. Of big government. So I’m generally sympathetic with with with that. So yes, I think it’s a it’s a good, good blog. So yeah, regardless of your views. So it’s definitely worth checking out because it’s Dan has a lot of good facts and talks about empirical work, empirical studies. So definitely worth, worth checking out. Even if you’re you think you’re unlikely to to agree with Dan. Okay, so let’s, let’s play a clip from my conversation with Dan, the way I set up this. This part of it was, I asked Dan about why he thinks higher taxes aren’t the solution to the US budget deficit, this large structural budget deficit they have. I made the point that, look, you’ve got these entitlement programs that the government doesn’t want to reform, so maybe the government, I mean, I was implying that maybe the there’s no choice but to increase taxes. Not that I’d necessarily recommend that. But how are they going to repair the budget? So that’s the that was the setup. So let’s hear what Dan has to say? Well, I

Dan Mitchell  11:24

guess there are two things that are important to understand. The Congressional Budget Office, every year publishes a long run forecast. And by long run that they’re looking out 30 years, they publish this long run forecast of the US economy, and in that document, the most recent one came out just last month. I think it was maybe two months ago, but it showed that revenues are above their long run average, spending is also above the long run average. And if you look at the forecast, 30 years out, the revenue burden is going to climb to record levels because, mostly because of real bracket creep. In other words, as you know, even in a sluggish growth economy, you know, people are going to sort of, their incomes are going to increase, they’re going to go into higher tax brackets. So the government winds up getting bonus tax payments with even modest levels of economic growth. So the tax burden is heading to be at an all time high, but because government spending is projected to grow much faster than the private sector, it means that that that we’re falling farther and farther behind. So just as a matter of pure math, our problem is more than 100% on the spending side of the budget. Again, revenue is climbing as a share of GDP, but because spending is climbing much, much faster. Why on earth would we want to increase taxes on the American people for a problem that is more than 100% on the spending side of the budget? But that’s just a math argument. Now let’s look at what I call the public choice, slash economic issue, which is that if you put taxes on the table. What are politicians going to do? They’re going to increase spending. And not only that, if they get the taxes through, the economy is going to suffer. Now, I’m never one to say, Oh, you raised this tax or that tax, there’s going to be a recession. I worry more about if you raise this tax or that tax, the long run, growth rate will decline, and even if it only declines a small amount, maybe two tenths of 1% a year, that has massive long run implications because of the wedge effect over time and then. And I think that even left wing economists, the honest ones, are going to admit that higher marginal tax rates and work saving and investing are not good for growth. So as GDP gets smaller and smaller over time, at least in terms of compared to some baseline projection, that means work on tax revenue, because there’s less national income to tax. So what’s the bottom line? Politicians will spend more money because of the higher taxes, and the higher taxes won’t generate as much revenue. And you don’t want to know what the most powerful evidence for this is. I think I did the data for the for the 15 countries of the old European Union. Other words, the core Western European countries that would be most analogous to the United States, or, for that matter, Australia, you know, relatively rich by world standards, Western oriented nations, and what did I show in the European Union? You go back and I did a five year average. So nobody could accuse me of cherry picking just one year that was favorable to my analysis. I did a five year average for the last half of the 1960s and I looked at government spending as a share of GDP, taxes of the share of GDP, and government debt as a share of GDP and taxes. Between the end of the 1960s and the most recent five years, the tax burden in Western Europe increased by 10 percentage points of GDP. Now politicians in Western Europe, in these various countries, Germany, France, Belgium, Netherlands, et cetera, et cetera, they. Said, Well, we have to raise taxes, because we have red ink, we have deficits in debt. So I said, Okay, taxes went up by an enormous amount as a share of GDP between the late 60s and today. What happened to government debt? Did they use this massive increase in the tax burden to lower government debt? No government debt during that period doubled as a share of GDP. In other words, politicians spent every single penny of that new revenue, plus some. So when I debate some of my left wing friends, I tell them, show me an example anywhere in the world where we’re giving politicians more money to spend has resulted in better long run fiscal performance. It just doesn’t happen. By contrast, I’ve gone through the IMS World Economic Outlook Database, and I have found not a lot, unfortunately, but I found many examples of countries that, for multi year periods, had government spending growing at 2% a year or less. And what do you find in those cases when they’re spending restraint? And we talked about this, by the way, we have an entire chapter in the book where I cite some of these good examples. When you have spending restraint, deficits go down, the burden of government spending as a share of GDP goes down. You have success. Yeah, I couldn’t. We could have had some blank pages in the book and lift and entitled that chapter success stories of higher taxes, because there wouldn’t be anything to write.

Gene Tunny  16:33

Okay, that’s good stuff from Dan Mitchell, from Center for freedom and prosperity. I think it is He? He was, once upon a time, he was at the Cato Institute. He’s a well known commentator in the US on fiscal policy issues. He’s on CNBC, Fox Business, etc. And yep, he’s a he’s a good economist, and he’s a terrific commentator. And I’m really grateful that I’ve been able to have him on the show as frequently as he’s been on the show. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to to that episode and to the others that I play clips from. So yep, if you if you liked what you heard from Dan there, then definitely, definitely check out that episode. What I liked about that? I think he made a really good point about how politicians will, they will find a way to spend any additional revenue. I think we all know that’s that’s generally true. I mean, I suppose not always. There are times when politicians act responsibly, say, in Australia, from about the late 80s through to maybe yeah, I guess the Yeah, essentially, until the late 2000s we had very responsible Treasurers and governments, and then we seem to have abandoned that since then, unfortunately, and in the US, we had the period when you had Bill Clinton and the House GOP led by Newt Gingrich, they were cooperating on the budget and managed to repair the US budget. So there are times when politicians have been, have been, have done the right thing, but I think generally, they can find ways to spend any additional tax revenue, as as Dan Mitchell is pointing out. And I mean, they all the politicians. I mean, one thing you notice is that they love going to the openings of the the movies, hanging out with Chris Hemsworth and all of the the Hollywood stars. That’s something that we see here in Australia, where there’s very substantial subsidies to the film industry. Okay, so that was Dan Mitchell, thought that was a great clip. I think I’ve played parts of that in other episodes through the year on tax and government versus the private sector. I think I may have played a bit of Dan in that, but it’s good stuff. So it’s, it’s worth, it’s worth replaying every now and then. Right? Oh, let’s move on to another clip. And this is about another issue that I come back to every now and again on the show. It’s this issue of the gender pay gap. And, you know, this is a very, you know, it’s very political this issue. And there are a lot of people who say, Oh, well, it’s, you know, this is terrible, and it’s an example of discrimination, is exploitation. Then other people say, Well, hang on, it’s, this is a multivariate, uh, phenomenon, and it’s, it’s due to the the industries that. Women work in, or the occupations that they choose, but then you get the counter argument. Well, hang on, those industries and occupations, they were imposed upon women, in some cases, or women by the, you know, the patriarchy, or gender norms, etc. So there’s a big debate about the gender pay gap that I’ve tried to cover on the show in an objective way. So just hearing all of the arguments and just thinking critically about what the data, what the evidence tell us, and one of the people that I’ve really valued talking to about the gender pay gap, is Leonora Reese, and she is a an associate professor at University of Canberra. She’s also an expert panel member for the Fair Work Commission, and that’s the federal body that regulates industrial relations in Australia, and earlier this year, in March, I interviewed Leonora about a new gender pay gap report that the federal government released, and that generated a lot of debate within Australia. And I was just alluding, well, I was just going through what some aspects of that debate are, the the question of whether you’re comparing like with like, etc. There was a criticism of the report that was very strident by the well known economics commentator for the Australian, very good economist, Judith Sloan. And that is, that was, that was how I set up this part of the conversation with Leonora. I mentioned that that article by by Judith, which was critical of that report. So that is the context for this. This part, this clip in which Leonora and I talk about this notion of greedy jobs. So greedy jobs, this is one possible explanation for part of the gender pay gap. So let’s hear from Leonora. I want to ask about Claudia golden because Claudia golden, she won the Nobel Prize for Economics last year. Judith Sloan quoted her work in so in Judas article and Judith because Judith is saying, Well, this is all nonsense, because this is just all Yes. You’re not comparing like with like. It’s it’s all just explained by difference, differences in composition, different choices people make, and she was interpreting Claudia golden. So this Judith is interpreting Claudia golden as saying that the gender pay gap, it’s mostly due to the fact that there’s this premium for long and unpredictable hours, and men are more likely to work those jobs, pursue that pursue those jobs because women are more likely to be carers and they don’t have the Yeah, they they’re more Yeah, they’re less likely to want to pursue those jobs like as males, pursue them so disproportionately. So what do you think about that as a theory. I mean, what? And because I only were chatted about Claudia Golden’s work before or since the Nobel Prize was announced. So would you be able to comment on that? Please?

Leonora Risse  23:51

Sure, absolutely. So Claudia Golden’s the concept that she’s coined here is greedy jobs to reflect these particular jobs in the workforce that demand a lot of you as a worker to work long hours, to be on call, on weekends, on late shifts, and to be rewarded for that. That’s the important part. So to be paid overtime rates, to be fast tracked your promotion, to get bonuses in reward for for being, I guess, more available to your employer. I think it’s partly a symptom of capitalist society as well. You know, to really, to really draw as much of the worker that you can out in terms of their time, their loyalty, their commitment. And so Claudia Golden’s work brings the gender dynamic into that. This concept brings the gender dynamic into that, because the way that society and policy is structured is that it forces couples, if we’re looking at a male and female couple, to make a choice. Services with as a household as to which of them are going to be that particular worker and be on call, and which of them are going to attend to caring responsibilities, to household tasks at home. So collectively, they’re maximizing or optimizing their total income and trying to balance, you know, both both spectrums. So the way that gender norms give rise is that it tends to be, on average, the male partner who will put their hand up for those greedy jobs, and females who who would opt to, you know, be on call at home, basically. And so the gender pay gap widens, even on an hourly basis, because this, there’s this premium attached with those types of jobs, and they’re rewarded, you know, it’s, it’s seen as a positive thing in workplace culture. And so the my, you know, the way that I interpret Claudia Golden’s work, and she articulates this, I think, pretty clearly in her book, career and family, is that unless you have gender equity at home, it’s very hard to achieve gender equity in the paid workforce. So as long as there’s some sort of gender division at home, you just don’t have that time availability in the paid workforce. So she’s actually advocating for for gender equality. She’s not saying this rationalizes or legitimizes the existence of the gender pay gap. She says it’s a an explanation that needs attention and that we should be looking at. How do we look for ways to reduce this culture of expecting workers to be working such extensive hours and to be on call? How can they be more substitutable with each other? So you know, if you’re not available, it doesn’t matter, because your colleague can step in, and she gives examples from the industry of pharmacy, the pharmacy industry, where that that is, is a change in cultural practice, and that allowed more women actually to advance in that industry. So her, you know, the action or the policies that emerge from that are ones that start to address that existing inequity in the system and steer us towards something that’s more equitable, and I would say, also healthier as well. Now, other people might interpret that differently, but I think that’s a very, very firm and widespread way of expressing Claudia Golden’s work. I did write a book review of her book, and it’s published in the economic records. Yeah, I’d be very pleased for people to have a read of that and see what, see what they think of the points that Claudia golden has expressed. And of course, yes, she did. She was awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics in recognition of decades and decades of work looking at women’s participation in in the workforce, and how that has changed over time from an historical perspective right up to contemporary time. So she is a big advocate and champion for working towards a more gender equitable economy.

Gene Tunny  28:35

Okay, so that really gives you something to think about, doesn’t it? Least, that’s what I thought. I thought that Leonora is explanation of the concept of greedy jobs and how you interpret that in a policy sense. So Leonora summary of what Claudia Golden’s position is. I thought that was, I thought that was very good. So I will put a link in the show notes to that episode. I’ll put a link to that, that book review of Golden’s book that Leonora wrote, and it was in the economic record. Hopefully it’s not pay wall, but it may well be which you would be disappointing. But anyway, I’ll look into that, right? Oh, we should move on the next two clips for this highlights episode, they relate to the theme of the environmental impact of economic activity, so we’re looking at environmental issues. And you know that if you’re a regular listener, you you’ll know that I speak with a wide variety of guests on the show, with a wide variety of opinions. I mean, often in stark COVID. Contrast in opposition, and this is certainly the case on environmental issues, or at least the issue of how much we should be concerned, how much we should sacrifice the economy, economic growth for protecting the environment. Of course, I think we all want to have a clean environment, and we want to protect the environment as much as we can. At the same time, we want to make sure we have a thriving, prosperous economy that keeps people employed, that provides high living standards. So there certainly is some trade off. So I’ve had, I had two really good conversations about this trade off, as I see it, this this year, at least two really good conversations. One of them was with Marion tupy, who’s a, he’s a senior fellow at the Cato Institute. So that’s a a leading economic think tank in the US. It’s, it’s on the well, you’d say it’s a libertarian or classically liberal. And Marion co wrote a very interesting book that came out last year called super abundance, and he has a very optimistic view regarding our impact on the planet. So I’m going to play a clip from my discussion with Marion earlier this year. Okay, so let’s listen to that. I’m very sympathetic to the argument about about super abundance. Can I ask? Is this a continuation of the work that Julian Simon has done is this because I see on your CV or your buyer, you’re part of something called the Simon project. Could you tell us what that is and whether this is continuing his work? Yes,

Marian Tupy  32:15

yes. Yes, absolutely. So Julian was a, obviously, a huge inspiration, but so he was actually a senior fellow at Cato before I joined the Cato Institute. He died in 1998 but he was senior fellow there, so we never met. But what I wanted to do back in 2017 is to look at his work and update it, you know, to the present and I found that his bet with with Ehrlich, he would still win. In other words, commodities continued to get cheaper, at least the ones that Julian looked at. But I was using the old methodology. I was just looking at real prices of commodities. And my co author, Gail Pooley, got in touch with me, and he says, well, let’s turn them into time prices. Let’s look, let’s look at the price of commodities relative to wages, how much more you can buy for an hour of work than your ancestors could. And then we published a paper in 2018 with this new methodology. And indeed, we found, once again, that Julian was right. And then we decided to turn into a book which goes back to 1850 and basically what we find is that commodities, relative to wages, are constantly getting cheaper. If it’s a long enough period, everything is getting cheaper, including gold. The only thing that continues to become more and more expensive over the centuries is human labor, essentially the human input, and we might as well talk about Simon and early quag, yes,

Gene Tunny  33:46

yes, yes, yeah, please.

Marian Tupy  33:48

So Julian Simon, since we mentioned him, he was an economist at the University of Maryland, here in the United States, and he was basically looking at the data, and he was noticing that things were getting cheaper, even though population was expanding whilst over in California, at Stanford University, Paul Ehrlich, who is still alive, he’s 93 years old now, was predicting doom and gloom. He was basically saying, you know, as population increases, we are going to run out of everything, and there’s going to be mass famine. And, you know, starvation of hundreds of millions of people. And so they had a bet between 1980 and 1990 on the price of five commodities, nickel, tungsten, tin, chromium and copper. And basically they made a futures contract for $1,000 and when the period came to an end in 1990 Ehrlich had to send a check for $576 to Simon, because commodities became 36% cheaper. Had Simon implemented our methodology, he would have won even bigger. He would have won by about 40, 42% rather than 36

Gene Tunny  34:55

very good. Okay, so. I must say, always do enjoy hearing or reading about that Simon Ehrlich wager, because it’s a reminder that we should generally be skeptical about predictions of doomsday. I mean, you know, certainly it could occur. I’m not going to be naive, but generally, I think, you know, we’ve got, you know, multiple predictions of of Doomsday, and maybe we should just think more rationally about these things than we are or than we have been. So I thought that was a very good clip. So really grateful for Marion his appearance on the show. I think Darren Brady Nelson connected me with him. So thanks to Darren. And yes, I’ll put a link in the show notes for that episode too. Also, having listened to that, I was reminded, I’ve been reminded that I did a podcast episode, or I recall I was on the principle of charity podcast, which is hosted by Emile Sherman, who is a very distinguished film producer. He produced The King’s Speech and lion. And also, I was surprised to see the other day, I was watching one of my favorite new shows, which is on Apple TV, slow horses, the show about MI, five agents in in London with Gary Oldman, love that show, and Emile is one of the executive producers I was on his podcast. So Emil hosts that and also Lloyd vogelman. They have a really interesting show. They like to have guests with opposing point of views, points of view, and the idea of the principle of charities you’re supposed to, you know, steel man, the opponent’s argument, or under try to understand where they’re coming from. So have a good, you know, think that have the go into the conversation, assuming they’re acting in good faith and give them the respect that they deserve. And so look, I think it’s a, it’s a novel concept for a podcast, given how most podcasts are, so I think it’s, it’s interesting. I’ll put a link in the show notes so that that that was a conversation on degrowth. And, yeah, that was something that, yeah, that yeah, that was an interesting experience that I had earlier in the year. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to that, right? Oh, now for someone with a different take on how we’re we’re going environmentally and going to Well, the the other guest I’m going to feature in this highlights episode is Daniel vert Daniel lossy from Vertis group. And Daniel is based in Omaha, Nebraska, and that becomes highly relevant, as you will notice in this in this clip that I play, and I really enjoyed talking to Daniel, his company does a lot of very interesting work. So they work with organizations such as Seattle Aquarium, and they’re helping to make those organizations more sustainable, helping them meet their or get on the path to meet their net zero goals? So he’s someone who’s a practitioner, and I thought he had a lot of really valuable insights. Okay, so now I will play a clip from Episode 242 helping Seattle Aquarium and others go to net zero and beyond. So that’s from May this year. I hope you enjoy this clip. Before we go, I’ve got to ask given you’re in Omaha, and this is a economic show. Do you ever see Mr. Buffett around town? Have

Daniel Lawse  39:25

I seen him? Personally, I don’t think I have, but I’ve been in one of his favorite restaurants before, where he eats pretty regularly. And you know, we host the Berkshire Hathaway every single year. So see all of the the tourists who come in for that, the shareholders who come in, and my wife owns a little tea shop, so that always gets a little bit more business during those Berkshire days. But I’ve not bumped into Warren myself. Personally, that’s

Gene Tunny  39:53

okay. I just Just thought I’d ask given when, when people hear Omaha, they’ll think that, you know, that’s often the. First thing, rightly or wrongly, people, people, people think of in their minds, particularly if they’re in economics or finance. So just sort of ask,

Daniel Lawse  40:08

well, on some levels, I think Warren’s actually a pretty sustainably minded person. We can argue lots of other things, but here’s the example. I drive past his house on a regular basis, right? He does not live in a gated community mansion. He’s lived in the same house, I think, for over 50 years, and he’s done some upgrades to it and at a few additions, but it is a very what I would call a modest house in a nice neighborhood of Omaha, but like probably hundreds of 1000s of people drive past this house and would never know it’s even his.

Gene Tunny  40:42

Wow. So the fact that

Daniel Lawse  40:44

he doesn’t go and just consume and build a big house because he has the money and he could, and I don’t, I don’t believe he owns that many homes, or second homes or third homes. He owns a couple different locations. But there are some people who have a lot of wealth, who own a lot of homes that they travel and vacation to. So in that regard, he’s making a sustainable choice by living in a in a modest house that he’s had for decades, and maintaining it and regenerating it. Perhaps we might, if we want to throw that in there, instead of tearing it down and creating something new and bigger.

Gene Tunny  41:18

Oh, it’s, that’s a good story. I mean, he’s embodying the, you know, the virtues, or the the the high point, or what’s the right word to describe it. He’s in, he’s embodied. He’s embodying those, the real great values of capitalism, or where it’s about saving and investing. So, so that’s terrific. Good last. Yeah, make it last. Good on Warren Buffett, very good. Okay. Daniel Lawson, this has been a great conversation. Any final points before we close?

Daniel Lawse  41:49

I love your questions. Gene, I think it’s so important to be aware of how we think, because it really does matter. And there are four critical shifts that I see at play, and all the sustainability work that we do, and I’ve talked about, probably all of them, but shifting our mindset from a closed system to an open system, right? We’re not alone in this world, and so let’s acknowledge the impact that other organizations and communities and businesses have on us, the shift from like this mechanistic worldview to a living and dynamic world, view like Change is the only constant thing in life, and when we recognize that I’m a living being, and organizations are made up of humans, so we’re more living. We’re more like a garden that needs nurturing and tending than a business as a machine that you just take a part out and replace it, right? Let’s, let’s humanize our organizations instead of dehumanize them. The third is the shift from really feeling like and thinking like we’re separate from everybody else, and shifting more to this interconnected way of being, recognizing that my actions have impacts on you, whether intentionally or not. When we do an organizational policy, it can shift things in good ways, unknown ways and unknown ways. And then the last one is the short term thinking, the long term thinking. I’ll end with this. The seventh generation principle comes from the Iroquois nation, the first peoples of the US or of North America. I apologize, and they said the decisions that we make for our community, we need to think about, what is the impact going to be on seven generations, which, you know, it’s about 150 years. You can’t even predict that far out, but it forced them to think about, what’s the long term impact of the decisions they made at Council. And I, I challenge your listeners to imagine a world where their elected presidents, council members, representatives, didn’t think about the next election cycle and being re elected, but thought in seven generations, what would be different? Yeah, and what would be different if our business leaders weren’t thinking about quarterly profits, short term feedback loops, and instead thought forward seven generations, what? How different would our businesses look, and how different would our communities be if we had leaders who were thinking in seven generations, changes everything in, I think, pretty good ways.

Gene Tunny  44:10

Okay, so that was Daniel lossy, who is the Chief century thinker at Virtus group in Omaha, Nebraska. So they do environmental consulting work all over the US. So yep, I’ll put a link in the show notes to that episode. I think it’s definitely worth a listen. And I think Daniel has some Yeah, really interesting. And yeah, really interesting, interesting perspectives that make me think and Yeah, certainly saying things that that are challenging to economists. Okay, final clip, this episode and this. This clip is from the episode that a. According to Spotify wrapped. So Spotify wrapped is the summary that Spotify puts out every year, and it’s actually what inspired me, in a way, to do this episode. According to Spotify rap, the most listened to episode of my show in 2024 at least on Spotify, was episode 236 the housing crisis in and immigration Australia’s tough choices with John August. So it, it may well have been the most listened to episode because John’s very good at sharing and, you know, material, and he’s got a good network. John has a radio we had a radio show in Sydney on radio Skid Row in Marrickville, and he’s heavily involved in the Pirate Party. And I’ve had John on the show several times, and if you’re a regular listener, you’ll probably appreciate that he always has very interesting and well thought out things to say. So he no longer has a radio show. He’s had to step back from that and but, but he’s will still be able to hear from him. Next year, he’s going to be putting out a podcast, and I look forward to catching up with him, either on this show or on his new podcast. So once I find out more about that, I’ll, I’ll pass on the details. Right? Oh, the clip I’m going to play is, again, it’s from this episode that on housing and immigration. And these are really big issues in Australia at the moment. I mean, we had that huge surge in immigration post COVID And there’s a lot of debate about, to what extent is immigration driving the housing crisis that we’ve had? To what extent is immigration behind the the economic challenges we face? And there’s a lot of talk about the per capita recession, the decline in household living standards. So yep, if you’re in Australia, you’ll you’ll be well aware of this debate. And I suppose it’s a debate that is occurring in in many, in many economies around the world. And certainly immigration was was one of the issues that that swung the election in Trump’s favor. That was the view that Darren expressed on my show, and I’ve heard others express that too. Okay, so let’s play the final clip, and this is from my conversation with John August on housing and immigration.

John August  48:06

Well, keep in mind, I think I’ve already said this, that I do not believe that, you know, just reducing immigration is going to be a magic one. We have to, in some sense, aggressively pay catch up on our infrastructure. And another thing I’ll point out is, I don’t know what it’s like in Brisbane, but certainly in Sydney, you’ve got the issue where you’ve got the rich suburbs, and the people who are like the nurses, the fire is the police officers, the people doing cleaning, the people doing whatever. Can’t afford to live there, so they’ve got to basically travel all the way across Sydney, and they’re putting a needless load on the road network that doesn’t really need to be there. And for the rest of us that are not in that situation, we’re obviously coping with congested roads. So you know, for me, that’s a side effect of that sort of asymmetric wealth distribution. And one of the things that may be happening in Brisbane, I know some councils in Sydney are looking at getting into public housing, not in a grand sweeping way, but key worker accommodation. This is, this is accommodation that will be there for the police officers and their families, for the nurses and their families, for the fireies and their families, and perhaps for the cleaners and their families that are actually servicing that area. And, you know, you’ll basically have to say, look, either I have a job or I will be getting a job in the area, and I’m in one of these professions, so the council will then give you some subsidized place to live. And, you know, that’s interesting, that councils are even contemplating doing that. I mean, I mean, I guess this is a, this is sort of a guess. It’s a bit of an issue around infrastructure and housing. I guess a few steps from New from your original question. But never mind. Can’t help myself.

Gene Tunny  49:49

I can understand the logic of it. So I’ve seen that in in rural towns in particular. So you’ve got a visited a potato process. Facility in one of the Riverina towns, and they actually own some houses in the local town, so that they’ve got places for the I think, you know, the migrant workers who come in to work at their processing facility, so they’ve got somewhere to live when they’re when they’re in the area. So I can see the logic of that and why it might make sense for some councils to look at that awesome. Well,

John August  50:24

I know that, you know, just traveling around country towns, it’s interesting when there’s some sort of development, and all the tradies have taken all the motels or or there’s some sort of running festival or something like that. You by golly, you know, you notice it when you, when you go to a country town thinking, Oh, this is just a quiet, sleepy country town. There’ll be lots of vacancies at the motel and, well, there aren’t anyway.

Gene Tunny  50:49

That’s very true. Okay, I want to go back to those numbers. So migration program. So there are in the permanent migration program. So remember I talked about how our net migration has been running at about 550,000 Okay, the permanent Migration Program, which is what you’re talking about, which is refugees, or the family reunions and skilled migration, that’s set at 190,000 places. So that’s just a fraction of the total net overseas migration, and a big part of it are students over foreign students come in universities. And also the, you know, students who stay on, they get an extension, so they do a degree, and then they stay here for a couple of years after that. And you know, some of them will have work rights, and they’ll be, they’ll be in our labor force. So I’ll end you know, a lot of it is that, and so we’ve got this big temporary migration number. So I’ll put a link to Leith post in the show notes, because I think it’s a nice summary of all of the relevant data. We’ve got around 700,000 student visa holders in Australia, but in terms of temporary visa holders. So that could be students, their families, people who are who did a degree, and then they’re still staying here. That’s at, is it 2.2 to 2.4 million people? So depending on whether you use the so there’s a quarterly, seasonally adjusted number, that’s about 2.3 million. It looks like. And I’ll put that in the show notes. So is

John August  52:23

that that at the moment, or per quarter, or per year, or what do we what are we saying here? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  52:28

that’d be at the moment. So that’d be the stock of them, yeah, at a point in time, yeah, yeah. And so we’re well above where we were at COVID, and you could argue that we’ve actually, you know, so some of the people will say, Oh, actually, it’s just catch up and we’re just on the same trajectory. Okay, maybe so. And this is something that Leith addresses here, and his his point is that, well, okay, this, this argument. The he refers to a tweet from a bull. Is it a bull Rizvi, who was a former immigration bureaucrat, where he was saying, Oh, look, we’re just we’re actually where we would have been if we were on the same trajectory pre pandemic. And then so Leith goes risby arguments ridiculous, because the pandemic completely constipated the supply side of the housing market by sending material costs through the roof, sending builders bus so you were talking about this before John and reducing building capacity by months of lockdowns, deliberately engineering a record immigration rebound into a supply restricted market was the height of idiocy, and is why we are suffering from the worst rental crisis in living members.

John August  53:37

Well articulated position, I suppose I’d have to think about it much more carefully to say, look, is it right or is it wrong? But it sounds very reasonable on the face of it. You know, prima faci is the legal people would say. But my broad position would be, look, we were playing catch up on infrastructure before, if we’re actually going to get some breathing space, we’ve got to have a commitment to catch up on infrastructure at the same time as we limit immigration, so we can actually get ahead of the curve. Because I think a lot of this, this silly bugger games of like, here’s a development will divert some of the benefits from that to building infrastructure that’s not getting ahead of the curve. And like, look just a bit of an anecdote from like, history of Sydney is way back when our first rail lines went out of Sydney to service the farmers, okay? And that was why they were built. So if you wanted to build a settlement, you know, 10 or 20k is out of out of the city center, or what would have then been the city center, you just build a railway station on some part of the railway track, and boom, boom, there’s the start of your community, your infrastructure has led your community, rather than the infrastructure coming sometime later, based on some deferred payment schedule, you know? So you know where, where? Yeah. I mean, Lisa van Olson may well have a good point. I’m not going to disagree with it, but my position is we were paying catch up. Four, and if we’re going to be serious about playing doing actual, proper catch up, then we can’t just do business as usual like it was however many years ago. So, but, but, yeah, he may well have a good point there.

Gene Tunny  55:13

Okay, so that was John August from my episode on housing and immigration. So yep, if you liked what John or I had to say in that clip, then Yep, and you haven’t listened to that episode, then please check it out. Okay, so as you’ll as you’ll gather. I mean, we cover some fairly controversial issues on this show, and I appreciate that you know these are issues that people may well have different views from me on, and I’m happy to hear other opinions. Happy to hear your perspectives on these issues. So yep, if you’ve got any any thoughts positive or negative, or get in touch. Let me know whether you agree, whether you disagree. What do you think about these important issues that we’ve covered today, so issues or about the environment, about housing, immigration, the gender pay gap and the US budget and what the return of President Trump means for the US and for the rest of the world. Please feel free to get in touch. You can email me at contact, at economics, explored. I’d definitely love to hear from you. I want to know what you’re interested in. I want to know how I can improve the show so I can continue this go. I can continue the show. I can make it even better and make it make it a really strong show. In 2025 so we’re, we’re getting very close to the new year, right? Oh, again. Thanks for listening. I hope you enjoy it, and I hope to catch up with you in a future episode. Thanks you.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Trump 2.0 w/ Top Wisconsin Door Knocker & Economist Darren Brady Nelson – EP261

Economist and returning guest Darren Brady Nelson shares insights from his time as the top door-knocker for the Trump campaign in the battleground state of Wisconsin. He explains why Trump’s messages on inflation, immigration, and cultural issues resonated with voters. He breaks down Trump’s economic vision for the second term, including plans for Elon Musk to lead a government reorganisation. Show host Gene Tunny and Darren discuss the prospects for repairing the US budget and the possible economic implications of Trump’s fiscal and trade policies. 

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions for Gene, please email him at contact@economicsexplored.com  or send a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Apple Podcast and Spotify.

Here is a clip from the video recording on Elon Musk Reimagining Government:

Timestamps for EP261

  • Introduction (0:00)
  • Darren’s experience as Trump’s top doorknocker in Wisconsin (3:00)
  • Why Trump won (11:40)
  • Illegal immigration (15:05)
  • Trump and monetary policy (27:30)
  • Elon Musk and government efficiency (33:00)
  • Trump and trade (48:15)
  • Final Thoughts (57:00)

Links relevant to the conversation

Bio for Darren Brady Nelson available here:

https://economicsexplored.com/regular-guests/

Statistics on illegal immigration in the US:

https://cmsny.org/us-undocumented-population-increased-in-july-2023-warren-090624/

https://lamborn.house.gov/issues/illegal-immigration

Stanford University briefing on China’s Use of Unofficial Trade Barriers in the U.S.-China Trade War:

https://sccei.fsi.stanford.edu/china-briefs/chinas-use-unofficial-trade-barriers-us-china-trade-war

Relevant previous episodes:

Is Uncle Sam Running a Ponzi Scheme with the National Debt? w/ Dr Dan Mitchell – EP235 – https://economicsexplored.com/2024/04/17/is-uncle-sam-running-a-ponzi-scheme-with-the-national-debt-w-dr-dan-mitchell-ep235/

US infrastructure: lessons from Australia, with Darren Brady Nelson – https://dashboard.simplecast.com/accounts/a4c530a8-52a1-4290-95a3-19c00e80602c/shows/a3789cf6-a26b-464a-ab7f-551db331ee09/episodes/6134a946-eab5-4a0c-bbe3-dfae5a6bf200/ 

Lumo Coffee promotion

10% of Lumo Coffee’s Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee.

Website: https://www.lumocoffee.com/10EXPLORED 

Promo code: 10EXPLORED 

Transcript: Trump 2.0 w/ Top Wisconsin Door Knocker & Economist Darren Brady Nelson – EP261

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:05

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene, Tunny, I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Darren Brady Nelson, welcome back to the program.

Darren Brady Nelson  00:38

Thank you. Good to see you again.

Gene Tunny  00:39

Good to see you again, Darren, you’ve been busy these these last few weeks, so you’ve been campaigning in Wisconsin and keen to chat with you about the result, obviously, the Trump victory. And yeah, there’s been a lot of commentary about it. Lots of people surprised. I mean, you’re someone who probably isn’t surprised. But to begin with, I’d like to ask, yeah, what

Darren Brady Nelson  01:07

was your How did you guess that I wasn’t surprised? Yeah,

Gene Tunny  01:11

with your Make America Great Again. Cab, very good. So what was the experience like for you? What was it like working for the campaign? Can you tell us about that place.

Darren Brady Nelson  01:22

Yeah, well, as as you know, you know, and I guess anybody who’s watched this show before and seen me, I’m an economist like you, so, you know, the past couple of months, though, I’ve just been, you know, just a grassroots door knocker, you know, I can tell you more about how that happened, but so that’s what I’ve been doing in Milwaukee behind me. That’s kind of what the the little sort of setting in the background is, is a view of Milwaukee. I am actually in Milwaukee. It’s not just a computer hologram in the back. And, yeah, that’s, you know, what I’ve been doing for the past two months, you know, trying to do my part and help Trump win Wisconsin. As you may or may not know, you know, whoever actually gets one more vote in the state of Wisconsin wins all the electoral votes for Wisconsin. And that’s the way it works for most states, except for, you know, I think Maine and Nebraska are almost that, but not quite that they have, you know, kind of they split up the state, their states a little bit. So, you know, no one, you know, sometimes you see this commentary where, you know, be it CNN or Fox, and they’ll, they’ll break it down by like, county or something like that. You know, that’s interesting, and that’s kind of useful information, but it’s not actually no one wins Milwaukee County or anything like that as such. So, but you know, you know, the more obviously votes you can get out for Trump in Milwaukee County, the better. Helps the state total. And that’s what I’ve been doing. And interesting enough, you know, I actually finished as the number one door knocker in Wisconsin. I knocked on more doors than anybody else in the state on behalf of Trump. I don’t, can’t speak for Kamala side, but for Trump’s side anyway. Okay,

Gene Tunny  03:01

did you have an unfair advantage because you’re in downtown Milwaukee, you’re in a high density area?

Darren Brady Nelson  03:08

No, actually, I had the opposite. I had the disadvantage because everywhere that was actually within walking distance from me was was secured apartment blocks I couldn’t get into, right? Yeah, so full of, you know, sort of high rise hipsters. So look, I got to thank, you know, some of my colleagues who, and actually some church friends too, who actually would drive me out to what they call walkbooks. And both sides kind of do a very similar approach. We have an app. We have, like, you know, 100 or 100, 150 doors to knock on that day, and the app just leads us to those doors. So both sides are trying to target our voters. We’re trying to target mainly low propensity voters. So like, you know, someone who is a republic, who’s voted at some stage right, for president or something as a Republican, but they don’t do it all the time, right? So they’re not necessarily lazy, although sometimes they can be. So we just try to get out, you know, our party’s voters, but the databases aren’t great for either parties. And you get, you get a lot from the other side. You get a lot of under, you know, at least some undecided people. So it certainly makes for an interesting, you know, time when you get out there and you you think, or you hope, you’re knocking on a Republicans door, but you get a dirt Democrat, or you get it undecided, which is kind of interesting, yeah, yeah,

Gene Tunny  04:31

okay. Like to Yeah. Before we go on to how, I’m interested in how some of those conversations when, but first we you, were you employed by a Super PAC? Was it a super PAC that employed you? I mean, I, I’m not fully familiar with the system over there. Could you tell us about that, please?

Darren Brady Nelson  04:48

Yeah, both, both parties really rely on these packs, the political action committees, so they’re under the tax law. You know they’re different from, say, a c3 which is a three. Think Tank, you know, where you get a tax exemption all that there are c4 so C threes can’t be political. I mean, there’s some wiggle room. But, you know, you don’t see the Heritage Foundation or or Cato saying, you know, vote for candidate A, you know, sort of thing c4 is, can literally do that. So, so I was working for kind of an unusual arrangement. I was working jointly for 2c fours at the same time, which was turning point action, which is ultimately run by Charlie Kirk and America pack, which is ultimately run by Elon Musk,

Gene Tunny  05:36

right. Okay, so, I mean, you know, clearly Elon Musk has had a huge influence on the campaign, and will have a huge influence on the administration, it appears, at this stage, unless he has some falling out with Trump, which isn’t beyond the realms of possibility. This is the mood, just hypothesis. We can talk about that a bit later, and what Musk has role in the administration could be but so what

Darren Brady Nelson  06:01

was, to be honest, though, the people who fell out where Trump were kind of like backstabbers and people who weren’t really Trump’s in the first place, there might have been the odd exception, but, you know, and I think there was, you know, like, Well, that’s true. I’d say 8020 was people that shouldn’t even been this administration in the first

Gene Tunny  06:20

place. Yeah, yeah, that’s probably right, if you think about what Trump’s views are, and where he comes from, and the types of like he got sort of traditional repub people you’d see in, say, the Bush administration, like, either the Bucha administrations, right? And that probably didn’t suit Trump, whereas, yeah, Musk is, yeah.

Darren Brady Nelson  06:40

Well, to be honest, people in the Bush administration, one cert, the when, you know, wouldn’t actually be go, well, in a Reagan Administration either. So put that context in there. So it wasn’t just Trump, you know, the Neo cons, those sort of, Oh yeah,

Gene Tunny  06:53

yeah, yeah, very, yeah. Good point. Okay. And what would, how did the conversations on the ground go. I mean, you mentioned that where you were in Milwaukee, or parts of Milwaukee there, you know, it’s more for one of a better term, hipster, more like inner city, you know, new farm here in Brisbane, or, yep, so how did it or fortitude Valley? How did it go? How did you how did those conversations go? Were people generally receptive? Like we get the impression over here that there’s a, you know, there’s huge conflict over politics in the States, and people are just aggressive. No one wants to talk with people from the other side. How did it how did you feel on the ground? How did it all go?

Darren Brady Nelson  07:37

Look, that’s actually largely correct, sadly. But put it into other contexts. I was going throughout Milwaukee County, which is, you know, more than just walkie city. And even within Milwaukee city, the hipster areas don’t account for most of the city. So there’s, there’s heaps of, you know, working class and middle class sort of areas where you’re, you know, the more working class it got, the more trumpet got, right, and the more middle class, but then starting to get away from the city, also, the more trumpet got. But what surprise, you know, that wasn’t obviously surprising, although it’s still kind of to some extent surprised me, particularly amongst migrant groups. Boy, they were just like, even, on average, more Trumpy, you know, than than you know, like a white suburbanite would be, or, you know, I didn’t really go in the rural areas, so you know, that would probably be even more sort of Trump again. But what all you know, what surprised me was, you know, even some of these hipster neighborhoods, or these, you know, quite avant garde sort of suburbs, you know, you mentioned, kind of like fortitude Valley. But I guess you could have mentioned a new farm, but you could have mentioned, oh, what’s the place we went to dinner in? What’s that, you know, in South Yeah, West End. You know, there’s kind of West End type suburbs here, obviously, in Milwaukee as well. So there you wouldn’t, obviously get a lot of Trump, but then you would, but there would be some, you know, like there was, you know, to me, I went in thinking, I’m not going to meet one person, you know, that’s going to be going for Trump in a suburb like that. And you’d actually see the huge Trump signs here and there, and those sort of sub suburbs, which surprised me. And so the conversations, you know, there was certainly, you know, look, overall, the Democrats I came across, you know, were at least somewhat polite, which to say that there was somewhat polite. So my stick was basically, you know, we were getting out the vote for Trump. So we weren’t even getting out the vote for Republican Senate, Senate candidates or Congress candidates, much less state level stuff, right? So we were very laser focused on Trump. That was all our mandate was. There are other groups who are doing something broader. Sure. So my shtick was basically, you know, I knock on a door. Someone answers, you know, I smile. I politely say, Hello, I’m getting out the vote for Trump. Are you considering voting for Trump? That’s it. That was my whole shtick. And usually, even before I got to the end of that, I could almost see in their eyes. They were like, you know, kind of light up, like happy, or whether, you know, sort of staying, or anger was it was in their eyes, I usually got from the Democrats, kind of, at least a kind of semi polite disdain. They would often say, Absolutely not. They make they may have some pleasantries at the end, like goodbye, or they might just simply slam the door, right, yeah. But sadly, I got some, like, really mean Democrats who just would basically swear at me, yell at me, tell me getting off their property just in the wake of my point stick right? And I had like, a little badge, you know, with Trump, blah, blah, blah, and, you know, speaking to, you know, people out there who are Trump supporters in Milwaukee, it doesn’t actually go both ways. It doesn’t actually go both ways. You know, like at least 8020 when a Democrat comes up to Trump’s house, they don’t get that sort of level of hate and vitriol and return, they might kind of laugh at them, like, really? Kamala, you serious? You think? You know, there might be maybe an impolite sort of, like ribbing of them, or something like that, but it doesn’t actually go both ways. So the division shouldn’t be portrayed as though it’s equal 5050, it’s not rod

Gene Tunny  11:39

Okay, okay, I’d like to ask you about why you think Trump won, because it’s come as a great Well, I mean, it wasn’t a surprise to you, a surprise to me, and I think to many around the world, because, I mean, we got the impression that he’s upset so many constituencies as concerns about reproductive rights or access to abortion there. There are concerns about what he means for, you know, various different different groups in the community. There are concerns about just his, you know, perceived, you know, instability, I suppose, concerns he’s the fact he’s been convicted, the fact that he allegedly launched a insurgency on January 6. So you know, all of these concerns about about Trump. And so a lot of people are thinking, how on earth could he get reelected? But he was. And so the the hypotheses that have been advanced, that I’ve seen are the major issues are inflation, incumbency, the fact that the Democrats have been in and things haven’t been you know, people perceive that things haven’t been going well. I mean, there’s, there’s clearly a lot of signs of that, and then also concerns over cultural issues, about this concern about wokeness and dei What’s your take on what were the issues that really changed the situation and really meant that Trump had quite an emphatic victory after all?

Darren Brady Nelson  13:11

Look, yeah, those concerns have been basically trumped up on one side. Basically, there’s plenty of evidence to suggest all those issues you mentioned are at best, exaggerated and exaggerated, obviously for political purposes. As you know, the media is not neutral. You know, you know, be something different if there this was a world of neutral truth seeking media. And then, you know, if those, if the media was talking about those as, Oh, these are my concerns, that would probably have more weight. But as we saw it, over the course of the, you know, the the first Trump administration, I think the whole sort of, you know, the whole elitist Industrial Complex has been exposed. I think for what they are, they’re not neutral, they’re not truth seekers. They have an agenda. This guy is a big threat to them. So to get back to your kind of more tangible points, yeah, I think, you know, look, a lot of you know, sort of Trump supporters don’t buy any of that stuff you just mentioned, right? And the people in the middle are focusing on those kind of, like, bread and butter issues, you know, like, yeah, inflation has been terrible under the Biden administration, and Harris has been there the entire time, so she’s in a comment, so I’m, you know, running on as though, like, you’re going to be some change. How do you how do you do that? Like, she goes, like, you know, as you know, that famous, you know, line of hers where, you know, what would you change? And she couldn’t think of anything. So what? Okay, so you support everything Biden did, but then you’re a change so that, you know, that doesn’t add up, obviously, for people who are kind of on the fence, and interesting enough, I was surprised how many people were on the fence. You know, it just in my campaigning. It’s like, I kind of figured there’d be next to no one on the fence, either you kind of loved Trump or you hated him. And sure that. That was also my experience as well. So you’re right, cost of living, you didn’t mention illegal immigration.

Gene Tunny  15:08

That’s right, yeah, yeah, yeah, that’s the one I forgot it correct, yep,

Darren Brady Nelson  15:12

big, big issue, just for law and order, but also for things like housing prices and all that sort of stuff, too, and jobs and, you know, sort of coming in and undercutting what Americans could actually legally do, you know, like they can’t even work for those the rates that some of the legals were working for so and, you know, law and order more broadly, and the whole sort of cultural issues, but, but also how the cultural issues actually tangibly impact, you know, the people’s ability to have jobs, you know, the DEI stuff, you know you’re not meritocracy flies out the window sort of thing. And you know, so that those are all but huge issues. And the wars you know, like, you know under the Democrats, that you know, there’s just they’re either fueling the Ukraine, Russia war, which I think, or at best, they’re just not, they’re very incompetent at doing anything to, you know, what’s resolved this somehow, you know. And you know, the Hamas stuff and Hezbollah stuff took took off under their regime, in part because, you know, Iran was on its knees, you know, at the end of the Trump administration. And they just basically threw a bunch of money at them to revival, you know. So revive them for, you know, around the you know, cause trouble, not just in Israel, but, you know, as you probably well know, the Arab states are not very happy with with that, either. So you know, which is, you know, why, obviously, at the end of the end of the Trump administration was able to get the Abraham accords. You know, even if the Arabs are in love with Israel, they were, at least, you know, realizing, if nothing else, there’s a bigger threat from Iran, and from their perspective, yeah,

Gene Tunny  16:54

gotcha Okay. On immigration, I’ve heard some, some incredible numbers. I don’t know whether they’re even plausible, but are they saying there’s something like here, Trump was claiming this up to 20 million illegal immigrants in the US and and there’s going to be he’s aiming to deport a lot of the illegal immigrants. Do you think that’s even plausible, that sort of level of immigrants? Do you know, I mean, how, like, you’re mentioning that that was an issue. How do you see it on the ground? What are the impacts of it? Do you what sort of level of illegal immigration do you think is, is credible?

Darren Brady Nelson  17:31

Um, look, you know, I don’t, I don’t know for sure, the numbers, they are big though, you know, they’re that. They’re, you know, it’s not like on a level that hasn’t been seen in the US ever, you know, and it was intentional. It’s not as simple, like, oh, Kamala just dropped the ball. So anyway, putting, you know, they’ve lost their out, whether it was intentional or unintentional, the numbers are huge and they has tangible effects. I mean, our friend Tim one off has seen it personally in Denver, because that’s one of the places where, you know, if you like, sanctuary cities, where they’ve, you know, and it’s caused all sorts of law and order, sort of chaos, you know, also the drugs that come come in with it, as well, heaps of child trafficking, and then again, just the tangible stuff, like, Well, you know, you know. So we have all the these governments that make it very difficult, you know, for new housing to be built, just like in Australia. Yeah, they know. You have new people, okay, let’s say they were all fine citizens. We still have, we’re going to stick them all right. So you have all sorts of problems. And, you know, look, I, you know, from what I heard, like, I went to Trump’s rally in Milwaukee, you know, I think it was, yeah, last Friday or Saturday, I can’t remember. And the focus for deportations is going to first and foremost be the people who’ve been committing crimes in the country. And that’s very tangible to do something about that. Yeah, the numbers are big. But, you know, ice is actually quite big. They just haven’t been allowed to do their job, right? So and so they have a lot of intelligence on who these people are, where they are. I think Trump will soften his stance on the law abiding people the company. I don’t think they’re gonna give them immunity and just let them stay. But they might be come up with some arrangement, you know, that’s not like actual full on deportation, you know, they might be able to get, you know, you know, maybe there is some solution where they can maybe physically stay in the country, but, you know, but they’ll have to be a process, you know, behind it, you know, before they can actually be allowed to legally stay, maybe they could do a deal with Mexico. Because, you know, Mexico has been, you know, basically part of the problem. They’re not Mexicans coming in, but they’re the ones who’ve actually allowed them to all kind of come into the southern border. So, you know, Mexico has really got to, they’ll be under pressure to at least come up with an arrangement. You know, be it Australian Christmas Island type of arrangement or whatnot. So I think there’ll be a, certainly, a softer stance on, you know, basically law abiding illegal immigrants, but with the ones who’ve committed crimes, it’s going to be harsh, and it should be, yes, yeah,

Gene Tunny  20:18

I’ve just looked up some some stats. And yeah, it looks like it is a large number. So there’s a a report or a on the the web page of Congressman Doug lamborn from Fifth Congressional District. He’s quite quieting a figure of 17 million illegal immigrants in the US. There was a something from the Center for migration studies of New York, that it had 11.7 so a lower figure. But I mean, yeah, it’s clearly, yeah, it’s over. Looks like it’s over 10,000,010 to 20 million is probably a reasonable estimate. So yeah, really, yeah, obviously, very significant. And what does that mean for the the economic impact of it? Is it the case that the American economy does rely to a significant extent on, I mean, immigrants and illegal immigrants, people working in in agriculture or in domestic service? Do you have any thoughts on that? Darren,

Darren Brady Nelson  21:19

look, well, that, you know, that’s kind of the allegation, if you like, that, that, you know, one of the reasons, you know, the corporates, if you like, go woke, is to cover their their love of having as cheap a labor as they can kind of get a hold of, you know, inside the country, or through deals with China, where, you know, obviously in China, There’s some people who are literally slave labor there. So look, you know, that’s kind of not my area of expertise as such. But, yeah, I mean, you have those sort of numbers coming in, you know, and that’s going to sort of like, certainly put some downward pressure on at least certain categories of wages that may have not been pushed down if they didn’t come in. And, you know, which is obviously, of concern, obviously, if there’s jobs that could have been had, because the Biden administration is not, has not been a, you know, if you like, a pro market sort of government, right? So, you know, sure they’re happy to help their their corporate buddies out, but they’re not so sort of people like open up the economy to more competition and economic growth in general. So, you know, so there’s, you know, people are competing for, you know, less jobs than there would be, I suppose, if then we saw, for instance, you know, under the Trump administration, where things really did take off and people didn’t have jobs before. You know, who you know, for instance, like African Americans, who may have normally had, you know, been on welfare also, and had these jobs, you know. So I think that’s going to return as well. You know, you mentioned some of these concerns, as though, like, you know that just, it’s just completely false, as though, like, you know, Trump supporters are just a whole bunch of angry white men. That’s not at all. And I see the statistics now make it blatantly clear, you know, he really, unlike the Democrats, he really did have, if you like, a multi racial, multi cultural, multi background, multi income coalition, more, far more than the Democrats. The Democrats taking out Joe Biden is like a party on the decline. You know, they’re increasingly, you know, just some rich white ladies and and some welfare blacks, basically, and even. And they’re losing the welfare blacks, thankfully. You know, as we we’ve saw, you know, Hispanics are totally moving in the direction of Trump, as are all you know, most migrant groups, be it Indians and and Muslims too. You know, we saw that. Obviously, you know, Trump went to Michigan and spoke to Muslims. You know, the Harris campaign didn’t, and I saw that in my travels around Milwaukee when I went into these, you know, migrant neighborhoods of you know, particularly Hispanics, Indians and Muslims. Also throw in the Eastern Europeans to as you would guess, if they came from former communist countries, they were like the most rabid Trump supporters that I met along my sort of campaign trail. So it was interesting to see, you know, what kind of what I thought, you know, as an economist and a policy person, you know, dovetailing pretty well with what I saw on the ground, and actually on the ground, actually reinforcing things, if you like, even more so than I thought,

Gene Tunny  24:36

just on I want to get to Trump’s economic policies. You mentioned that you didn’t think the Biden administration was doing enough on competition policy or something along those lines. But what about Lena Khan at the FTC? Isn’t there a concern about is there a concern about her future under under the Trump administration? Because if anyone’s do it seems to be. Doing positive things in the Biden administration as her, she seems to be going after big tech. She seems to have an agenda to promote competition. Do you have any thoughts on that? Darren,

Darren Brady Nelson  25:11

none her specifically, I must admit, I haven’t really been following her. I guess I mentioned competition in the context of, you know, like the discussions we’ve had in the past on national competition policy Australia. So not like, you know, using, using the sort of, like the American equivalent of the ACCC with a big stick. I personally don’t think that’s a you know, that really makes no great difference in terms of actual, you know, like, broad sense competition in the economy. It’s basically getting government out of the way. And I think, you know, Trump doesn’t have like, a, like a, literally, a policy on competition, you know, look, I would love to, obviously, you know, get a job administration and maybe do something on that front, because I think there’s a lot of stuff, but, but it’s, it’s, it’s mainly like, you know, back in the 1990s to the early 2000s it’s government getting out of the way. It’s not government going in with a big stick to target this company or that company. I mean, okay, fine, I guess you got those laws. What’s at least use them in a more because in the US, they tend to be just politically driven. You know, they tend to go after a company that’s kind of lost political favor more so than under some legitimate, you know, sort of like anti trust reasons. So look, I don’t have any particular strong feelings on that person, and you know what should happen under the Trump administration. So I think brought more broadly, as you know, Trump may not have as an explicit a policy to get government out of the way, as like Reagan did, for instance, or even, you know, maybe even Bill Clinton eventually, you know, with his sort of joint partnership at times with Newt Gingrich, were doing that sort of stuff, even if, you know, Bill maybe wasn’t necessarily fully on board with the philosophy he certainly, you know, helped put in place those sort of policies in the in the 90s, as Reagan did in the 80s. But there’ll be some quite good people with Trump, I think, who will be looking to do that? Obviously, you know, trying to cut government spending, hopefully with Elon Musk, and, you know, an efficiency commission or efficiency department, certainly lowering taxes of various sorts. And they certainly recognize, you know, sometimes, you know, Trump’s kind of like, not as clear sometimes on, you know what monetary policy is, but, but I think you know, certainly he recognizes, you know, the Feds printed a lot of money, you know, since, in particular, since 2020, and actually, unlike, say, some of the other central banks haven’t ratcheted back as much as some of the other Western countries have. You know, they’ve done it some, but not as you know, you know, particularly m zero, for instance, they, you know, they’ve, you know, ratchet that back some, to some extent. You mean the money, do you Yeah, sorry, sorry, yeah, money supply, m zero in particular, which is kind of the, you know, the more very central bank oriented calculation, as you know, you know, whereas you start bringing in, yet, the banks and stuff, you start going to, you know, M, 123, so, you know. But if you look at what they’ve unwound compared to, like what Volcker had to do in the 80s, it’s, you know. Whoa, you know, you know. So in the meantime, they better get some pretty growth, pro growth, greater private sector policies, which can, you know, that can also offset a lot of that. And thus, you know, I guess there might be less reason or need to unwind some that money supply, although they will have to deal with to some extent. And you know, there’ll be a fight, I think, you know, because Trump definitely wants a new head of the Federal Reserve, and the current person said he’s not going to resign. So, yeah, that should be an interesting battle. I don’t really, don’t know how that’s going to play out exactly. I mean, that’s not very good. I mean, you know, if the new president because that the chairman is definitely a political appointee, everybody knows that. So, you know that’s, that’s, it’s not good, you know, it’s pretty bad form, or worse. You know, for the chairman to say, blatantly, I’m not gonna, I’m not gonna leave, even though the new president doesn’t want me.

Gene Tunny  29:30

So it’s interesting what you’re saying. I mean, yeah, clearly they have to unwind. I mean, you know, keep shrinking the the Fed balance sheet. Now that is a quantitative tightening, so to speak. That’s what I think, how they’re describing it. Now, I thought the impression I got is that the concerns are that Trump would want to interfere. He’d want to interfere with the Federal Reserve and and more likely. And then under Trump, we would have easier monetary policy, wouldn’t we, because Trump would want to keep interest rates low, to keep the you know, to promote economic growth. So isn’t the concern under Trump that we would end up with higher inflation and hence higher interest rates?

Darren Brady Nelson  30:18

Um, but look, that concern, to some extent, is, I think, legitimate, because, you know, Trump hasn’t been, you know, he’s not Ron Paul, right? He’s taking, like, a pretty clear stance on on money printing and sound money and all that. He’s sometimes kind of been there, and other times he’s kind of easy money. But look, you know, it depends on what the demand for money is. So if the economy takes off, you can kind of, to some extent, not have to unwind the money supply to the same extent or tighten things up. You know, I would dismiss every President has a big influence on on money, a bigger influence on monetary policy then, you know, people really quite realize all the you know, they’re like I said they’re the chairs are political appointees. Yellen was not going to be doing something vastly different from what the presidents that she were was under wanted, right? I mean, you know, they’re nominally independent, but they’re, it’s semi independent, right? So I don’t think Trump’s any different from from Biden or Obama or anybody else. He’s not going to come in and be something, oh, wow. That’s different. You know, he’s going to try to influence the Federal Reserve they all have, right? They’ve all had done that wrong. But I think with, you know, I think you know the big difference, you know whether he’s kind of not going to be, if he’s going to be not that different on monetary policy from from the Biden administration, he’s going to be vastly different on, on his his pro growth policy, he’s going to, he’s, obviously, he’s gonna be expecting the private sector to be the one who drives growth, where the Biden administration explains the government to grow, and okay, you can kind of get away with that in the GDP statistics, because government’s such a huge chunk of those statistics. But it’s smoke and mirrors. You know, government doesn’t create its own wealth. You know. So, whereas, you know, and also, if you want to say, inflation, will see what happened in the first administration with Trump, you know, CPI didn’t grow very much at all. So I expect that to be the case under Trump as well. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  32:36

look, I agree with you that if, if the economy is, if your measured GDP is only growing because you’re, you’re undertaking activities in the public sector that are, you know, are inefficient or really of low value, then that’s not good for your living standards. I agree with that, and not good for your the productivity or economy. I think that’s a that’s a fair point. Can I ask about fiscal policy. I’d like to move on to that, because you made the good point about how you know Elon Musk is going to be involved in some sort of efficiency commission. I mean, I think this is one of the, this is one of the positive things that could come out of the Trump administration, if Elon Musk can reimagine what government looks like, right? I mean, this is quite incredible, right? Like to have someone who’s who doesn’t have that sort of standard model of what government does, or what the political constraints are that say I have because of an ex Treasury man in Australia, so I’ve got an idea of what’s achievable, what’s not how the government works. He’s just gonna, he could come in and just completely, you know, reimagine things. I mean, it could be the biggest reorganization of the US government since FDR, I mean, in the other direction. But so what are your thoughts on what Musk could do and what he should do?

Darren Brady Nelson  33:55

Yeah, look, I totally agree with you. You know, basically, you know, the way you set this up, you know, like, that’s, that’s, you know, in some ways, that is the most exciting prospect, you know, to bring in, you know, I guess a guy who’s considered a business genius. We know, business and government are not exactly the same thing, but there’s, there’s overlaps, there’s things that can be learned, obviously. I mean, Trump’s a business person, obviously. And, you know, I think overall, his first first term, except for, you know, when COVID and BLM and all that hit, it was a great success, you know, up until then, certainly economically, you know, putting aside, you know, you know, the other stuff. So that is very exciting. I would love to, you know, be a part of that, if I can somehow be a part of that. You know, obviously you work to me on, you know, when we first did that CPI minus x for the state of Maine, and then I kind of took that idea and applied it to the federal government on behalf of the Heartland Institute. So, you know, there’s a report or a plan, there’s really something. You know, if, if I can somehow get that in front of an Elon Musk or Trump’s people, doesn’t mean that’s the way you have to do it. But, you know, that’s just, you know, at least part of the toolbox. You know, I’m happy if, like, you know, Elon’s got an even better idea, or if he’s maybe comes in, like the president of Argentina almost, although, you know, maybe even maybe that’s a bit, you know, sort of a bridge too far, perhaps for a Western country, if you like, or for the US. But I think you know if anything big is going to happen, as you said, you know, like something huge, like, sadly, FDR, did in the opposite direction, because most of the federal government of right now, was set up under FDR, yeah. And, you know, including all the agencies that even the federal government doesn’t know exist, you know, because that was the big surprise when I did my Heartland reports. Like the Treasury, the US Treasury, doesn’t know all the agencies. Like, how can they not know how many agencies there are? Yeah, and who they I mean, we obviously know the big ones, like the top 20 or something like that, yes, but there’s all these. And when was facing that’s most of the the budget, obviously, is, is the ones they do know, obviously. But there are all these other little ones too, you know, which is just a little bit of a worry. Now, you know they’re not going to be, for the most part material. It’s not like you’re going to find, well, 50% of the federal government’s in this agency I’ve never heard of. You know that? You know, it’s not that bad, but, yeah, but you know, at least the Australian Government knows the agencies they have, you know. So that’s kind of a good start. So Elon, you know, someone like me or whoever can at least be a help to Elon going like, you know, I’m not going to slow you down. I want to cut the government like you do, but be aware that even the Treasury doesn’t necessarily know all the agencies are there. So you kind of know you need to know that as part of the process. So, you know, there’s going to be some hurdles putting aside, you know, all the weird sort of processes and protocols in the Senate and stuff, you know, on budget but, but now they control, you know, the Republicans control the House, they’re on board with the Trump agenda. They control the Senate. They’re going to have to push out Mitch McConnell, basically, and then get someone in the Senate who’s going to also facilitate what, you know, Elon might want to do, yeah. I mean, there’s obviously, you know, in the US, you know, there’s obviously, there literally, is a separation of powers, you know, obviously, you know, in Australia, the Prime Minister is the head of the executive. He’s also the head of the legislature at the exact same time. Yeah. So things, whereas you know that, you know, the Congress is in charge of the purse strings.

Gene Tunny  37:36

So the G the GOP has got control of the Congress, has it? Is that correct?

Darren Brady Nelson  37:40

Yeah, you know. And they got, they really got, not just in charge of the Senate, they, you know, they really did way better than I guess a lot of people expected. So they’ve, they’re totally in control of the Senate. They’re still in control. I think they’ve that. I could be wrong, but I think they increase their lead in the house as well. So they’re, yeah, it’s definitely in control of both houses, you know, they’ll need to, you know, push McConnell out the door gracefully, or not so gracefully, and then, you know, Congress needs to work, obviously, very closely with the Trump administration. Hopefully, you know, Elon Musk will be in charge of, you know, I think he wants to call it the Department of government efficiency for whatever reason, because he had that doggy. I’m not sure if it’s doggy or Doge, but so look, I’m sure he’s not gonna, like literally be running stuff on a day, but although maybe I could be wrong, maybe he will take time off to literally, you know, put his energy into this, you know, whether you know, I end up working for him or not. I hope he gets a good team, you know, can help him out. And certainly no one who’s going to try to get in the way and constantly say, You can’t do this. I can’t do that.

Gene Tunny  38:58

Yeah, well, you can send him a note and say that you’re is you were his number one door knocker in Wisconsin, weren’t you?

39:06

Yeah? Well, yeah, I was absolutely

Gene Tunny  39:08

and you got a lot of good, well, you got some, yeah, you got, you got some good ideas in terms of forcing them to make efficiency gains each year. So I mean that we can have a discussion. We had another discussion, another time about exactly how you’d make that work. I mean, there’s a, and you mentioned that, you know not, you don’t necessarily. I mean, your models one, there are other models that the idea is to have some type of, yeah, it gets some type of mechanism. Or that just works against the general tendency of government to keep expanding, right? To just keep growing with population and inflation. So I think that’s a that’s worth considering. I want to ask about before we wrap up, there are a couple of things I want to ask you about the deficit, and then we should just chat about trade and what Trump means for trade. How likely is it that Trump’s going to get the budget under control? Because. A the budget, the US budget, is currently in a structural deficit. Is it? I mean, is it a trillion dollar deficit? I don’t know the exact figure, but it’s massive. And you know, one of the figures Niall Ferguson is talking about. Now, I saw him at the ARC conference here in Sydney, and he was talking about how interest expenses on US debt are projected to exceed defense spending, right? And Trump’s want to he’s going to have a big tax cut. How? What are the prospects for him actually getting this under control the budget and limiting the growth of debt? Do you have any thoughts

Darren Brady Nelson  40:35

on that? I mean, you know, besides breaking my CPI minus x, which actually eventually takes debt down to zero and and gives, you know, over, this is over the course of 12 years, by the way, so that was like, it’s be assuming that Trump’s in for four years, and then Vance can actually be in for eight, you know. You know, obviously, that’s maybe stretching things a bit, but, but, you know, and then allows people, you know, he could get the just using my CPI minus x, and I think Elon Scott probably, I’m guessing, something even more heroic than what you know, I was doing with a CPI minus x, but simply under CPI minus x, which is focused on spending. Obviously, you know, I’m going to circle back eventually, but that would get rid of all debt. And, you know, some economists obviously go, Look, you should have some debt, and that’s fine, but you just like, theoretically, you could get rid of all the debt and also get back every average taxpayer every year, 19 grand. So that’s not bad. So you could do both at the same time. And I think so whatever happens on that front again, I’ll come back to really, you know what your question was, but you’ll need to, as you go along, not be obsessed with just getting debt and like, give no relief to taxpayers. You need to combine the two together somehow. But of course, now to get back to your question, it’s going to be what say Elon Musk or someone could do, because spending is the problem. Spending no problem. So if you can get spending under control in a big way, not just kind of play around at the edges, like they have often done over the years, like, Oh, we’ve slightly reduced the growth of spending. No, no, you got to. Can’t just reduce the growth of spending. You got to reduce the actual spending, right? And defense isn’t the problem. Really. Defense is like 10% of the budget, right? You know, we start adding up. You know, both social and corporate welfare. That’s where the biggest problems are. And then you throw in as as Trump called it many times, the green scam. That’s also a huge pile of money as well. So that’s, that’s where the work needs to be done. And and then just throwing the fact that, you know governments, in particular, it seems federal or national governments tends towards a lot of waste, right? Just a lot of a lot of fat, a lot of unnecessary, even if they’re doing something that you think is a core thing they should do, they often do it really badly and inefficiently, right? So there’s that too. So, so it’s basically spending, spending, spending, spending, and then also, you know, particularly in the 2020s but maybe also, to some extent, since 2008 that’s, that’s really what the Central Banks has been printing a lot more money for, really, is to for government at the end of the day, going through the the kind of, I think, somewhat pretend process of, you know, bond markets and whatever else fine, but ultimately, they’re just printing money for government, right? So, and particularly, you know, since 2020, onwards, and like I said, the the US Federal Government hasn’t ratcheted back that that kind of printing as much as some of the other Western governments have, right.

Gene Tunny  43:44

So just on the I think you make a good point about spending being the issue. And I’ve chatted with Dan Mitchell, who you know we both know. You know Dan. Well, you introduced me to Dan, I think, and Dan worked on that thing for me, you had

Darren Brady Nelson  44:00

actually introduce me to Dan, to the economic society that

Gene Tunny  44:04

may be the case. Oh, when John Humphries brought Dan over for the Oh, Wow, incredible. Oh, very good. Well, anyhow, what I remember Dan telling me once on one of the interviews I did, that there was a situation where, if you look in Europe, they increase, they brought in the value added taxes. And you’d think that having the all this additional tax would improve their fiscal situation, but 20 years after they introduced it, they’ve actually got more debt or something like that. Or maybe, you know, decades after they’ve introduced it, it didn’t improve their fiscal situation one bit. So I thought that was a fair point. So yeah, it’s definitely, you’ve got to keep the spending under control. I mean, you make the point about the social security, corporate welfare, etc. Now, the issue with the the entitlement program, so to speak, is that, I mean, they’re, they’re legislated, okay, people have entitlements. So it’s, I’m struggling to see how you apply. Your CP, CPI minus x, whereas you’re essentially saying government agencies have to apply this percentage reduction in in spending each year, which would be great if they could do it however, that it comes up against the issue that a lot of this stuff is legislated, so you need to have Congress make changes, don’t you to achieve what you’re after?

Darren Brady Nelson  45:21

Yeah, you’re right. And I think, like, Social Security in particular will just have to be tackled separately, right? And I’m not sure if we ever talked about this, but I think, I think Australia has got a great model, you know, like, what, what they did in the night. I mean, it’s not perfect, the superannuation system, but it’s like, light years better than the US Social Security system, right? So, yeah, I think there’s, you know, I think Australia is, like, an ideal model, at least, you know, a jumping off point to where you could reform Social Security and maybe that. I think that might have to be something different, you know, that might have to work hand in hand with, you know, Elon Musk’s outfit, but it should be something separate. And there’s some, I can’t remember the fellow’s name, but there’s a guy at the American Enterprise Institute in the US who’s also a big fan the Australian superannuation system. And by the way, Dan Mitchell, who you mentioned, yeah, did his PhD on Australian superannuation and how that could be, yeah, you know. So, you know, be awesome to bring Dan, you know, and maybe the guy from AI to kind of tackle superannuation separately, tackle social security separately. There’s a lot of other entitlements too in the US federal government system, but Social Security will have to be tackled separately, and obviously in a more sensitive manner, and in a way where you obviously grandfather people in who you know you can’t, it’s too late for them to you got to make it so no one’s worse off. You know, whatever there is, over time, it’ll probably take, you know, a more gradual reform than than you know you could with sort of other government related expenditures. So that had to be just tackled separately, I think. But I think Australia offers a great model for that, as I think it also does. It wasn’t much of a campaign thing for either side. But, you know, infrastructure, I think Australia also, particularly, you know, under national competition policy was a great model as well. And I wrote a Heartland paper on that in 2020 you know how that could work in the US? You know us being a federal system as well, you could put something similar as Australia did,

Gene Tunny  47:32

yeah, yeah. I’ll put a link in the show notes to that chat. We had a chat on infrastructure, but also spoke with Dan about his book, The Greatest Ponzi scheme on Earth, where we had a chat about superannuation as well. And you’re right, our system in Australia is not perfect. There are lots of debates over how we can improve it, and whether tax concessions for Super are too generous, whether people should be allowed to access their super for housing. I think they should. But there are other people who think that, Oh no, it’s the best thing is to leave it into it, let people leave their like, lock it up until they retire. I’m not sure about that. So there’s a big debate about some of the parameters of it. Right before we go, Darren, I should ask you about trade, because this is one area where there could be some big changes. I mean, Trump’s been threatening. Is it a 60% tariff on China, 10% increase in tariffs across the board, or something like that? Was it 20% what’s the potential for, I mean, this to be to have an adverse impact on us consumers. What’s the potential for a global trade war. How do you think about what Trump’s impact on the economy via trade policy is going to be?

Darren Brady Nelson  48:48

Yeah, look, that’s, that’s gonna be, that’s gonna be a tricky one, you know? So I’ll start out with, I’m not sure if you ended up having him on your show. Did you have Mark Calabria on your show? Not

Gene Tunny  48:57

yet. I haven’t managed to line him up. Yep, yep, yeah. Okay. Well, look,

Darren Brady Nelson  49:02

you know, if you do, I’m just going to kind of, hopefully I’m not giving away trade secrets. Hopefully he’ll talk about this too, if you can get him on. Is he, you know, he was the chief economist for Mike Pence during the first Trump administration. Then it towards the end, you know, he was appointed as, you know, headed, I can’t remember, because there’s multiple financial regulators of various sort. He’s one of the financial regulators, but, but the point was, he had been a number of meetings in the oval of office over the course of the four years. And, you know, unlike, say, Dan Mitchell, who, you know he he thinks Trump is, like, you know, philosophically a protectionist, right Mark, who also was a colleague from Cato with Dan, had the opposite view. He goes, Look, Trump’s not philosophically a protectionist. And I think bears it out like when that one time when he challenged when the g7 were upset with him about his tariffs. He goes. Right? Let’s all get together. Let’s lower, or even get rid of all our tariffs, you know, between us. You know, the in the g7 um, because there’s lots of terrorists that are, you know, allies are putting on each other, right? So it’s not just China, places like that. So I think for I understand Trump, it’s a strategic sort of approach to eventually get, if you like, less tariffs, but also not just tariffs, but, you know, just kind of overall, if you like, you know, trade agreements that aren’t slanted and massively so towards one partner, like, you know, like the ones that seem to be slanted towards China, and that would include all regulatory barriers and all the other stuff. And you know, the Chinese, even more so than the Japanese, once upon a time, are like masters of non tariff barriers to trade, right? So, you know, to sort of attack that sort of stuff. And I think if you kind of take, like a cost benefit or discounted cash flow approach, it can make sense, because it’s not like we’re in a world where there’s no tariffs, and also Trump throws these tariffs on, right? Not in that world. You know, we’re, sadly, in a world with with, not only plenty of tariffs, way too many sort of, if you like, non tariff barriers, as well. So I think, you know, I understand Trump. It’s a strategic way of getting a better deal out of a China or Europe or even Canada, you know, like I, you know, as a free market oriented economist, yeah, my natural instinct is, obviously, I don’t love tariffs or other barriers to trade, but at the same time, you know, I’m kind of skeptical of, you know, you need to at least take, you know, Ricardo model of comparative advantage with a grain of salt in a sense of the logic is sound, except for the fact that nations are not equivalent to individuals or businesses or even industries. You know, they’re not exact. They’re political entities. That what? That’s what makes them very different from comparing them to these other entities. So the model has a certain amount of usefulness, but you can take it too far if you forget that nation states are political entities, and they’re not they’re not like you know, businesses are humans freely trading with each other. They’re just different. They’re just different. They have different incentive structures. And you can take the traction a bit too far. So I’m very given, you know, how badly I think the WTO etc has performed compared to maybe their earlier years under, you know, GATT and all that sort of stuff there. I’m very open to bilateral trade agreements, because I think a lot of these trade agreements were terrible, you know, I’ve looked at the the Trans Pacific Partnership. It’s, you know, 8000 pages of, not so great, right? You know, first of all, why is it 8000 pages, you know, like, that’s just, yeah, yeah. That’s what a free trade agreement, you know, used to look like once upon a time. You know, they used to, it’s too much given favors your buddies, basically. So that, to me, they’re just putting in place a lot of, you know, barriers to trade. I mean, for every one they take out, they may be putting in two new ones. So, so look, I’m kind of, you know, more optimistic. I suppose you know, I’m wary of tariffs. But you know, if ultimately, we can then get, you know, to a point where we get China, or whoever, even Canada at the trading table, to like, hey, all right, let’s, let’s, let’s start to sensibly and in a more equitable way, lower tariffs, lower non tariff barriers to trade over whatever sort of time frame, then I think you might have to use that because, you know, China does not play fair at all. When you’re dealing with with businesses in China, you’re always dealing with the government. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  53:53

yeah. I’ve chatted with some people on my show about that, that enterprise China model, or China Inc, yeah, absolutely, with the non tariff barriers, you’re talking about things like, uh, quotas or inspections or, you know, just require, difficult requirements, difficult regulatory hurdles to get over to, to get into the market. There’s a, I found a briefing on Stanford Center on China’s economy institutions that I’ll, I’ll put a link to in the show notes, just for listeners who are interested in learning more about

Darren Brady Nelson  54:23

dei and climate stuff alone. The West, you know, China’s not doing it. China’s not doing it. Brazil’s not going to do it. Obviously, we’re not really having a whole lot of trade with Russia at the moment, but they wouldn’t be doing it. India. The BRICS, obviously, the BRICS nations, you know, having all these onerous regulations that you know only kind of you know, certain corporate elites in the West can meet, but no one else can. You know that you know, particularly small and medium sized businesses who aren’t benefiting from this stuff are often hurt by these things. So I think you know that’s going to. Of massively changed too, in the US is, you know, the DEI stuff is going to be it, you know, if it doesn’t like, literally, be go away completely. It’s, it’s going to be hugely de emphasized as our, you know, climate things as well. All right,

Gene Tunny  55:15

okay. Tara, this has been a fascinating conversation. Yeah, it’s good to catch up and, yeah, get your perspectives. I mean, again, like I said, I was, I was surprised. I mean, I guess I always thought there could be a possibility of Trump winning, but I didn’t think that was the most likely scenario, and now that he has won, yeah, we have to think about what those implications are for us. Economy, global economy. There are some pessimistic projections, forecasts out there from various economists like Warwick, McKibben. Warwick’s done some modeling of what the adverse impacts are on US consumers, on the US economy, on global growth. But then, at the moment, it looks like the markets aren’t seeing that. The markets have responded rather favorably to Trump with increases in the various stock market indices. And, I mean, we’ve got Bitcoin going up, I think I saw so I think actually, crypto is one thing we didn’t chat about. But I think there are a lot of people are excited about what Trump could mean for crypto. I don’t know. I’ll have to talk to I’ll have to try and cover that on another episode. So yeah, it looks like the market is is relatively positive. And one theory I heard is that might have been on Bloomberg or or CNBC, that Goldman Sachs has a view that, like it is just a negotiating position that the whole threat of the 60% tariff will it won’t quite be that at the most it end up being 20% or something, so would have a lesser, a smaller impact. So I think that’s their their view there. They seem less concerned about what the the possibility of a trade war than than others might be.

Darren Brady Nelson  57:03

But anyway, I would, before you finish, I would add, you know, let’s not forget, everybody’s got a world view. So, you know, Mckibben has got a very strong worldview, which is like, in the opposite direction from Trump. And you know, economists are never value free. Never had been. Sadly, they’re just, you know, they’re even further away from value free nowadays. So it’s easy to put together, you know, a paper with 100 you know, economists and Nobel Prize winners who say Trump is horrible and he’ll destroy the world, you know, I think that’s just, you know, it’s just nonsense. You know, he’s going to be the economy is going to be far stronger under Trump than you know, would have been, you know, under Harris, by far. And I think that’ll be good for Australia too, because, you know, Australia, obviously, a lot of times, just writes the coattails of the US, whether even if labor is in power and not being all that business friendly in the first place. So I think things can be, you know, happy days are here again.

Gene Tunny  58:05

Okay. Well, you’ve made a strong prediction there. Darren Brady Nelson, so I’ll have you back on at the end of the extra administration. See how the prediction, yeah, see how it goes. Yeah. Well, I think yeah, absolutely right. Everybody. Nelson, thanks so much for your time. I’ve really enjoyed the conversation and learning your perspectives. It’s Yeah, huge week of news, and you’re someone who’s been on the ground, and you’ve had some you’ve got some valuable insights for us. So thanks so much.

58:37

Thank you. Bye.

Obsidian

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com.

Credits

Thanks to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Uncategorized

Reagan, Supply-side Economics, and Trump w/ Ed Oswald – EP238

This episode explores the profound influence of Reaganomics and its enduring legacy in American economic policy with tax expert and former US Treasury attorney Ed Oswald. He is the author of a new book, “From Ronald to Donald: How the Myth of Reagan Became the Cult of Trump”. Oswald discusses the transition from Reagan’s tax reforms to Trump’s tax policies, highlighting the continuity in supply-side economics and its implications for fiscal policy and the national debt.

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest: Edwin G. Oswald

Edwin G. Oswald is a partner with the law firm of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, resident in Washington D.C. He served as an attorney-advisor in the United States Treasury’s Office of Tax Legislative Counsel during the Clinton Administration. He is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and a frequent lecturer on financing State and local infrastructure and the federal taxation of municipal debt. The book is a personal project of Mr. Oswald’s and the views and opinions expressed herein are those of the co-authors and do not represent the views and opinions of Orrick.

What’s covered in EP238

  • Reagan’s economic policies and their impact on the US deficit. (0:00)
  • Supply-side economics and its impact on US deficits. (6:55)
  • Reaganomics and its impact, and the impact of Clinton administration policies (e.g. NAFTA, repeal of Glass-Steagall). (16:14)
  • Reagan and Trump similarities, tax cuts, and budget. (26:24)
  • Tax policy and its impact on the economy. (33:22)

Takeaways

  1. Reagan’s economic policies, particularly his tax cuts, have had a lasting influence on American politics, setting a precedent followed by later administrations including Trump’s.
  2. Ed Oswald argues that supply-side economic policies from Reagan to Trump show a consistent belief in tax cuts for the wealthy as a means to stimulate economic growth, despite debates about their effectiveness and impact on the national debt.
  3. Addressing the US debt will likely require a balanced approach of both tax increases and spending cuts, in Ed’s view.

Links relevant to the conversation

Ed’s book: https://www.amazon.com.au/Ronald-Donald-Reagan-Became-Trump/dp/1476690324 

Ed’s bio: https://www.edwingoswald.com/ 

Recent episode with Dan Mitchell on US debt:

https://economicsexplored.com/2024/04/17/is-uncle-sam-running-a-ponzi-scheme-with-the-national-debt-w-dr-dan-mitchell-ep235

Transcript: The Tax Guru the WSJ says has Wall Street’s “Strangest Hustle”: w/ Andy Lee, Parallaxes Capital – EP237

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Ed Oswald  00:00

I think in many ways some of that seed corn was was laid down by Ronald Reagan in terms of, you know, disrespect for government and in frankly, the proper role of government. Although, again, I agree with your point that certainly, you know, Reagan’s cabinet was filled with adults was filled with, you know, many competent people. But still the broadcast far and wide was, government is the problem.

Gene Tunny  00:39

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, and welcome to the show. Today we’re joined by Edie Oswald, a prominent taxation expert and lawyer based in Washington DC. He’s a former attorney advisor to the US Treasury Department. And he’s the co author of a new book, from Ronald to Donald how the myth of Reagan became the cult of Trump. In our conversation, we delve into the profound influence that the Reagan administration had on American and global economic policy. We also explore Trump’s relationship with Reagan’s legacy and the potential implications of a second Trump presidency. Okay, I’d love to hear your thoughts on my discussion today with it. Also, please let me know your ideas on how I can improve the show. My contact details are in the show notes. Without further ado, let’s dive into the episode. Enjoy it Oswald is great to be speaking with you about your new book.

Ed Oswald  02:08

Thank you, Jane. Pleasure to be here.

Gene Tunny  02:10

Very good. Yes. From Ronald to Donald I, I learned quite a fair bit about Reagan that I didn’t know. So I enjoyed reading it for that reason. In particular, as someone with Irish ancestry myself, I was, I was surprised to learn, I didn’t realise and I mean, as you point out, or your you and your co author point out, it’s obvious once you realise, you think about his last name, that he had that Irish ancestry and he and for political reasons, it was something he didn’t reveal in the campaign, which I found fascinating and the story about his the origin of his nickname, Dutch, his, his underprivileged background, it’s a rather extraordinary story to to begin with, what did you find most fascinating in your, when researching the life of Reagan for this book? Well,

Ed Oswald  03:06

thank you, Jean. You know, what I found most interesting is, is really subtle, although he didn’t say much about it. Though his relationship with his father. His father was basically a shoe salesman. His father was an alcoholic, that always had a battle with the bottle. I think how Reagan tried to grapple with that somewhat, both in terms of acknowledging it, and then somebody denying it. But I think that did have an impact on his view of the world and how he carried himself. Right.

Gene Tunny  03:43

Yeah, yeah, indeed. That’s interesting, too, because they, you know, Trump has an interesting relationship with with alcohol too, because he, I think his brother was an alcoholic and died of alcoholism or, or an illness related to it. I can’t remember. Exactly. And so Trump himself doesn’t drink. So that’s, uh, yeah, that’s that’s, that’s interesting after that, to go revisit that part of Reagan’s story. To get into the, you know, what most interests me about the book? Is these economic issues, because Reagan’s obviously a pivotal figure in economic history of the 20th century. Would you be able to take us through what was so different or revolutionary even about Reagan’s economic policies for his head?

Ed Oswald  04:34

Yeah, thank you. So, you know, you have to remember the political scene in the United States in the late 70s, where you had, you know, Jimmy Carter was president. We were going through a high inflationary period, we were dealing with the remnants of a gas crisis and energy crisis. We were dealing with the Iranian hostage crisis, it was really quite a dire time and America. And I guess really to mirror what Joe Biden has been saying lately in terms of him wanting the wealthy to pay their fair share. US tax policy, historically had high tax marginal, high, high marginal tax rates, effectively, from the beginning of really World War Two, the wealthy pay their fair share Republican tax rates on the rise in how or the highest marginal rate was, you know, 90 or above, with Nixon, it was 70 or above. So in terms of, you know, the the spectrum of the US taxes, when Reagan came in with, with the notion of something called supply side economics, which is basically the notion that the tax rates in the country are too high. And if we cut tax rates and tax rates significantly, which Reagan did, we can talk more about, primarily towards the wealthy. The economic benefits will trickle down to the lower rungs of the economic spec, that being the wealthy, the wealthy, the well to do, the industrialists will have more capital, they’ll have more money to spend. And therefore, that we’ll juice the economy and move us forward. Move us if you will, out of the Jimmy Carter era. You know, and what, what we can talk more about really the consequences of that. But you know, what that really led to was a ballooning of the US deficit. And a lot of really negative effects that way try to illustrate the highlight in the book.

Gene Tunny  06:54

Yeah, gotcha. So this is the supply side doctrine. And this was based on the Laffer curve is that concept of the Laffer curve? So one of the advisors to Reagan was art laffer. And, I mean, I guess how economists think about it nowadays is that, you know, there’s obviously some efficiency loss associated with taxes and, and that efficiency loss or the cost of taxation, the deadweight loss, so to speak, that increases disproportionately or at a faster rate than the increase in the tax rate. So essentially, I think there’s some there’s some truth to this, that there is an adverse impact. But the the issue is, is where you are on that Laffer curve. And, you know, there’s so they may have got some there may have been some offset from increased economic activity, but there wasn’t enough to to actually compensate for the loss of income from the cut in the rates. So that’s what you’re you’re talking about, isn’t it? So this is actually something that contributed to future deficits. Is that right? Yeah,

Ed Oswald  08:04

I think that’s well said that, you know, I think a well designed tax cut, you know, can lead to, you know, economic growth. And as you say, it’s a struggle a little bit for what that sweet spot is. But really, where supply side economics have gone within the GOP or GOP doctrine or conservative doctrine is that basically, you know, tax cuts, if you will pay for themselves. That’s really that’s really the slogan. That’s not true. Every tax cut does, you know, result in a loss of revenue, and no tax cut will pay for itself. We do state in the book that in that time, 1980 1981, with the highest marginal rate being 70%. It was probably a good time for a tax cut. It was probably a good time to deregulate the economy. But what what we kind of highlight in the book is that, you know, Reagan’s policies really live on some 40 years later, we’re still living with supply side economics within the United States. The notion that tax cuts do not pay for themselves have led to a really a ballooning of the national debt. The national debt when Reagan came into office was slightly less than one tray and and when he left off his office, it was close to 3 trillion. So although Reagan really did rail against the deficit, and the balanced budget, the US deficit increased 171% under Reagan, which, you know, is a bit shocking in terms of his paradigm and the Reagan missed in terms of a budget hawk. Gotcha.

Gene Tunny  10:00

Now these the tax cuts or the supply side economics that was controversial at the time, wasn’t it? As you point out, so George Bush Senior HW Bush, I mean, I think he was a Yale economics major, wasn’t he? I mean, he had, you know, he was a yeah, yes. Yes. And he, as you point out, he famously called it voodoo economic policy. And you also mentioned, David Stockman, what can you remind us? What was Stockmans critique? Was it was he concerned about supply side economics and the logic of it all? Well,

Ed Oswald  10:36

yeah, so David Stockman was the Reagan’s first head of OMB, the Office of Management and Budget, and really his his wing man, if you will, in terms of tax policy, implementing the significant tax cuts, you know, just to give the listeners a sense of perspective, when Reagan came into office in 1980, again, it became president in 81, the highest marginal tax rate in the US was 70%. And when he left in 1988, the highest marginal rate was 28%. So really a dramatic dramatic reduction and the highest marginal rate within the US. So stock when was really he was a former congressman from Michigan, really rate, you know, the point man for the budget, budget policy, tax policy, what the significant tax cuts have on spending and so forth. And I believe that, you know, initially, Stockman was really a disciple. He believed in supply side economics. He believed that the tax cuts would move the economy forward. But the other end of a revolution, and I think he says this, in terms of the Reagan Revolution, is not only do you need a revolution in tax rates, but you need a revolution in terms of spending. And if you’re looking at, if you’re looking at the significant spending on the US side, it’s a big part of his social security, that big targeted because Medicare, big part of it is the US defence budget. And I think that Stockman became more and more alarmed. And he read, he really wrote extensively about this, that this revolution was only one side, it was really a revolution on the revenue side, not the spending side. And ultimately realised, politically, although Reagan ran on this revolution, it was kind of a revolution to name only. And he became more and more alarmed as he got signals from the point persons and within budget, that Reagan is not going to take on significant domestic spending. Hence, I think his chagrin down the road, and also the blurring of the US national debt there. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  13:10

yeah. I think the best case that can be made for and I’m not necessarily advocating for this, but I think the best case that can be made for cutting taxes in advance of spending cuts is that there’s that starve the beast idea, isn’t there? I think that’s the that’s the concept that eventually this will force Congress to make the hard decisions. But I mean, so far that that really hasn’t happened yet. And so you trace this, this policy or this, you see this supply side economics as being influential in future administrations? Can you talk about that, please, Edwin? I mean, what what administration’s or what policies has it influenced? Post Reagan?

Ed Oswald  13:54

Yeah, I’d be happy to. So it’s clearly influenced. George W. Bush, Herbert Walker, his son, who initiated significant supply side tax cuts in 2001. Perhaps more sun are bringing in son of Bush, if you will, in terms of the least, tax policy outlook, he didn’t see the Voodoo that his father did. And then in 2017, really, frankly, Trump’s only Trump’s real signature domestic legislation was the 2017 tax cuts and Jobs Act, which is which was not quite as significant tax cuts as the 2001 George W. Bush, but still quite significant in terms of supply side economics and having, you know, tax cuts weighted towards the wealthy. I would say Jean, you know, one one general observation I would make just in terms of you US policy, US domestic policy, which is, I think, hamstrung the Democratic Party somewhat, is if you if you have one major political party believing that tax cuts pay for themselves, you know, tax cuts are the major elixir that moves the economy forward. And then you have another party that believes in math, or math and science, and they will get into that, too, is very hard for the Democratic Party to say, you know, look, folks, we have large national debt, tax cuts don’t pay for themselves, and therefore we want to raise taxes not lower than, again, if one party believes in math and the other party doesn’t, it really does handicap the Democratic Party, that being Barack Obama, or Bill Clinton, people who were elected later than Ronald Reagan, to really raise rates significantly, because it’s not politically popular. In other words, to get cutting taxes as easy, raising taxes is difficult. It’s kind of like when your mother says eat your vegetables. The first reaction is no, I’d rather have

Gene Tunny  16:14

candy. Yeah, yeah. So yeah, this is an interesting point to explore. So we might go through this. I had Dan Mitchell on the show the other week, he’s got his new book out, the greatest Ponzi scheme on Earth with with Rubin, you know, you know, Dan, if you’ve heard of damage, I’ve heard about the book. Yes, yes. Yes. And I mean, Dan’s argument is that well, actually, I mean, it’s not the taxes is the issue with suspending as the out of control entitlements. So yeah, I guess you can I mean, there is going to be that political debate about what’s the best way to, to, to deal with this with this debt? And I mean, one options, definitely tax increases, which put them in that’s politically unpopular. I mean. Yeah. I mean, maybe that’s the through the mean, your argument is that that’s due to this, this myth of Reagan, the supply side economics, the view that taxes are good for growth and can help pay for themselves? I mean, that’s, that’s a hypothesis that that’s fair enough. But yeah, but I mean, it is, I guess there is a legitimate debate about what the best way to fix the the debt is, and whether in Dan’s argument is that, well, if you just let them raise more taxes, they’ll just find more things to spend it on, and you’re not really going to solve the problem. So how would you like to respond to that at all that otherwise, we’re gonna move on to something else? I just thought I’d make that observation. Because I thought that was an interesting argument from Dan. Yeah,

Ed Oswald  17:44

I mean, briefly, I really think at this point, you know, with an ageing US population, with significant national debt, racked up over 40 years of largely peace and prosperity, I frankly, think there has to be, you know, a balanced approach, there’s got to be, you know, a level of mature adult discussion about both raising taxes. And also, I think, looking at entitlements and looking at spending, looking at the fact that, you know, people are living longer, and it just really needs to be a balanced approach. And I think, a sober discussion, that, you know, there’s no free lunch. Ultimately, this has to be paid for, right now a payment for borrowing from future generations. And, you know, there needs to be a reckoning, if you will.

Gene Tunny  18:39

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  18:45

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  19:14

Now back to the show. So one thing I want to explore. So you I mean, this is a really damning critique of Reagan and Ngop administration’s. I mean, you’re essentially blaming them for all Well, I mean, maybe this is a mischaracterization, but it’s very strong critique of Reagan, and then how how that has influenced GOP policy in the future. And so you’re right. It was Reagan who said America on a course of hyper capitalism and wholesale industry deregulation. The legacy of Reaganism is all around us heedless consumption. Reduction in the progressivity of the tax code, weaken environmental laws, a war against expertise, and government legitimising structural budget deficits and widening economic Inequality. What I’d like to ask and I’d like you to reflect on is I mean, to what extent is the Democratic Party? Part of the problem here? Right? Because? I mean, I mean, and as an economist, I think the mean, I’m not necessarily criticising some of these policy decisions, because I was probably support would have been supportive of them at the time. But the didn’t do regulation begin under Carter, with the airlines. And then I mean, Reagan, then took on the unions and, you know, did further deregulation, Clinton, the Clinton administration had the NAFTA agreement, which Ross Perot said, created this great, great sucking sound out of the data centre in New Mexico. Glass Steagall was repealed by the Clinton administration, with Rubin and summers. So what’s the Democratic Party’s role in all of this as well, please, Edwin?

Ed Oswald  20:56

Yeah, fair, quite fair question. And I think that, you know, in the wake in the wake of Reagan, in the wake of George Herbert Walker Bush, there was certainly I think, a reset, you know, within the Democratic Party, in terms of thinking about the New Deal, thinking about the the Great Society of Lyndon Johnson, recognising that Americans after 12 years of having a Republican in the White House, that they became accustom and conditioned to lower tax rates. So I think there frankly, had to be, you know, an accommodation, if you want to be a successful political party, saying, at least at that point, we need more government and higher taxes is not going to get you elected, it’s not going to get you elected, you know, post Reagan, the great communicator, the man who really, I think, conditioned Americans to think about our society in tax policy and other things in in very convincing and very convincing ways. So I think there Yeah, I think there were compromises. And I think, though, though, although, you know, Bill Clinton did raise taxes, he did raise the highest marginal tax rate, up to 39.6. If you look at that, by historical standards, it’s you know, it’s way wider the mark. So I think that was kind of an April mentalism post Reagan to move to shift the ball back in a somewhat progressive nature. But it was a compromise given, I think, one Reagan’s presidency and to the way that, you know, US society had to evolve at that point. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  22:56

Yeah. And I think one point, the important point about the Clinton administration, and to its credit, it did work with the Congress to, to rein in the budget. And I think you ran some budget surpluses in the late 90s. Yeah, yeah. So that was that was to its credit. Okay. One of the things I found interesting and I want to ask you about this specifically for among those that are the charges against Reaganism, you’re talking about a war against expertise and government now, is this just about supply side economics? Or is it more general? Because I mean, to me, I mean, looking at the like that Reagan had a very impressive cabinet lineup. And then you had people like James Baker, George Shultz, Weinberger, it seemed to be a fairly strong cabinet of people with expertise. So what’s your critique? There, please, Edwin, what is that war against expertise and government that you see

Ed Oswald  23:58

here? So let me just maybe give you a little bit of a a backdrop. I think one thing we tried to make it clear in the book is certainly that the character of Reagan and Trump, I think, is quite different. And we try to make this frankly, in chapter one, we try to make that distinction that you know, Reagan, you know, had Reagan was a moral person. You know, Reagan had shame. Reagan had true, you know, legit government bonafide, he was a two term governor of California. So he come he came to the table, both as a man and with experience very different than what Donald Trump came with. So we’re not saying the character of Trump and Reagan is similar. We in fact, say it’s this song. But the one to your point. You know, one of the things that I think start is down the road would have, perhaps dismissing expertise was very famously in his inauguration speech and the January 2019 81. Reagan said at the present time, government is not the solution to our problem. government is the problem that’s been somewhat mythologized by the GOP over the year in terms of shorthand that government is the problem. Yeah, I think I think implicit is that is contempt frankly, contempt for government contempt for bureaucrats. You see aspects of that really bubbling up in the GOP in terms of global warming. You know, in terms of respect to science, and the poor until the house scientists become politicised over the last few decades. And I really think in many ways, some of that seed corn was was laid down by Ronald Reagan in terms of, you know, disrespect for government and in frankly, the proper role of government. Although, again, I agree with your point that certainly, you know, Reagan’s cabinet was filled with adults was filled with many competent people. But still the broadcast far and wide was government is the problem. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  26:23

yeah. I mean, I learned I didn’t know that there was that qualification, or how he began that famous statement. So I learned something from that as well. And yeah, it makes more sense. And it sounds more, it sounds more sensible. And it sounds more like something you would say at that inauguration without being where you’re not familiar. It was an otherwise it’s a very ideological statement, a very broad brush statement. But with that qualification, it does make more sense. So I think it was good for me to to learn that. So I really appreciate that. That was a good part of the book. Okay. Yeah. Right. Oh, so I guess what I want to ask now it is, I mean, what’s the link with with Trump? I mean, where are how many years? Is it? 35 or 36 years since Reagan was in the White House? I mean, how is this? How is this relevant to? I mean, I guess we’re talking about the the tax cuts and the belief in their, their ability to pay for themselves. Okay, that’s an argument you can make. But what about Trump? Is Trump at any one in in any way influenced by the Reagan legacy? Or is he a he’s a man with his own views? I mean, he’s a, he’s his own force of the universe, really, rather than inspired by Reagan. I mean, how do you see the connection between Trump and Reagan?

Ed Oswald  27:47

Yeah. So, you know, as we, as we wrote the book, and certainly part of the book was written when during the Trump presidency, although it’s a book primarily on Reagan, we couldn’t help but not see the connection somewhat between, you know, Reagan and Trump and let me give you kind of desensitise. You know, for So for starters, you know, Reagan really was the first, you know, Magog president, if you will, if you recall, Reagan’s slogan back in 1980. Was let’s make America great again. Trump shorthand did that by one word, make America great again. So they both really ran on the same slogan just in terms of commonality. And what if you will, what Trump took from Reagan, to I think, gene that the DNA of the campaigns were quite similar. There was contempt for government, I think, contempt for expertise, both pro tax cut, both somewhat based in nationalism. And I think also, more importantly, both based on some aspects of nostalgia, hence, America Great Again, you know, they were both democrats are certainly portions of their lives. You know, Reagan was, ironically, a new dealer, until the 60s and Reagan and Trump was a Democrat. For a large portion of their lives. They didn’t have his life. They were both divorced. Neither one was really a student of government. Neither one was deep and expertise. No one really took on a political career, took on politics as a political career. And I think they’re also, frankly, both you know, mythmakers, and I think they both played a long, perhaps a weakness in the American psyche to believe mediated mythology, as opposed to one meeting reality. You know, Reagan was the Marlboro Man, the man on the books, Reagan was you know, Morning in America, Trump was the man with the Midas touch the entrepreneur, the character you see from, from the apprentice. So they both played upon those myths, which was a strong suit for for both of them in terms of dealing with the media.

Gene Tunny  30:18

Yeah, gotcha. Okay. And I mean, what are your thoughts on what? What we could see in terms of economic policy? If there is a another Trump administration? I mean, I, I mean, being in Australia, it’s hard for me to make an assessment of, of what’s going on, sometimes I hear, I’ll look at, it’s easily going to be Trump, it’s going to be a Wipeout. And then other times I hear I’ll hang on not so don’t be so sure about that. There’s a way for, for, for Biden to hang on. So I’ve got a really got no idea who’s going to win the election. I mean, my suspicion is it will be Trump and that, therefore we should start thinking about what, whether there’ll be economic policy changes. Do you have any thoughts on that? Edwin? What’s the Do you have any? Can you look into the crystal ball for us, please? Yeah,

Ed Oswald  31:10

so it’s certainly going to be a tight race. I would say just on the political front, you know, you know, Donald Trump now is in the middle of a criminal trial in New York City, taking him off the campaign trail, and perhaps people are taking a second look at some of the facts and circumstances there. But I would say, Jane, in terms of, you know, economic policy tax policy, if Trump is reelected, you know, an important element of that is whether the House and Senate also turned Republican. That’s an important fact there. If Trump is reelected, and they and the GOP wins the House and Senate, then I think you’ll see, you know, more tax cuts, at least one thing to highlight is many aspects of Trump’s 2017 Tax Act, expire at the end of 2025. So you’ll do so I think you’ll see a lot of energy, about renewing those tax cuts, and perhaps even further tax cuts above and beyond what Trump did in 2017. You know, if Trump is reelected, but doesn’t take the House and Senate, well, then you’re probably looking for some type of compromise, you know, along perhaps party or various lines there. It’ll be much more difficult, I think, for Trump to press on in a significant way and material way in terms of tax cuts, if he doesn’t have both underlying houses as well.

Gene Tunny  32:55

Yeah, yeah. I mean, given the state of the, the budget of it, it’d be good, be courageous to try and get additional tax cuts. I mean, whether, you know, you might you know, for some of us who are more on the, you know, classical classically liberal side of things, we might say, well, it’s, you know, it’d be good to have a smaller government and have, you know, tax cuts. But yeah, if you don’t cut spending, then that’s problematic. And it’s adding to the, the data. And you’ve already got a problem there. And I think one of the one of the important messages of your book, which I liked is that you’ve got to have, you’ve got to have this respect for the numbers. And to some extent, some of these policies that have been advanced, they seem to not have a, you know, the advocates may not understand the actual arithmetic. So I think that’s a, that’s a fair point. And it is such a change. And I might sort of start to wrap up, but you quote JFK, JFK to Yale University’s Class of 1962. And I mean, this just highlights the change that we’ve had that, like, JFK said that the differences today are usually a matter of degree what is at stake today is not some grand warfare of rival ideologies, which will sweep the country with passion. But the practical management of a modern economy, the unravelling of America’s post war governing consensus began with the election of Ronald Wilson Reagan. Okay. So very, very strong charge there. Before we wrap up, Edwin, anything else? Before we should conclude anything else you’d like to add?

Ed Oswald  34:31

Well, just maybe just reflect upon that passage you quoted is? You know, I liked that passage. Well, one, you know, I quote, JFK, as you know, a number of times in the book, just in terms of, although, you know, a Democratic president, I think he was very eloquent and staining the states and the times of his presidency. A and going really back perhaps to where we started that, you know, in terms of tax policy, historically, at least up to 1980, you did not have really a dramatic difference in tax rates between the GOP and the Democratic Party. As we started earlier, you had tax rates, the wealthy really did pay their fair share, regardless of who is elect building, because, you know, deficits mattered, the Balanced Budget Narrative, paying our bills matters. And all that really did change in 1981. Were really there was a revisiting of what JFK said about managing managing a modern economy. And looking at things really with very different prism in stark contrast, in terms of governing philosophy. Hence, here we are 40 years later, still in the middle of that, in many ways, still dealing with, you know, Reagan’s tax policies. In the wake of the deficit here.

Gene Tunny  36:13

Rock Gotcha. Okay. Yep. I mean, it’s a, it’s a well argued book. And there’s a lot of really interesting stories in there a lot of things I learned. So I’ll definitely recommend it. I’ll put a link in the show notes, I suppose, where, and I might have to come back to this in a future episode, what I’d like to explore, and it’s to what extent I mean, can we just say it’s, is it because of the tax rates? Or is it also because of, you know, there was the China shock that David Autor talks about, there’s the, you know, the NAFTA, and those, you know, both of those developments, they had implications for the middle America, so to speak, a lot of towns in, in the Midwest and in, in rural America were were badly affected by by those shocks. And you’ve also got the skill biassed technological change. We’ve got the internet and all of that, which is led to increased inequality. So that’s one thing I’d like to explore a bit more I know, it’s, you would have had the, you know, your your book had a slightly different focus. But as an economist, I’d probably want to explore the the empirics around that. What are the relative contributions a bit more? I don’t know if you’ve had any, before we wrap up any reflections on that? Or any if you’ve done any investigations yourself on that, Edwin?

Ed Oswald  37:34

Well, I would just say, you know, those are all those are all fair points. And I And you’re right, my my book as a kind of singularity of focus, which is really, you know, more on tax policy, and tax cuts. But I would say that what really influenced me was there was been a London School of Economics study that came out in 2020. You know, a 50 year of study, you know, based on cutting tax cuts for the wealthy looking at, you know, 18 OECD countries. Which really, you know, did, I think, empirically link, the notion of, you know, tax cuts for the wealthy lead to a largest share of the national income going to the wealthy. And I would say that, despite the events, you say, some of which we could control and some of the some of it, we can, it’s just the, you know, the macro economic situation. You know, Congress in the executive branch can control tax policy and tax rates and something within our control. And I think if we want to deal with the growing deficit with the growing income divide and wealth divide, at least tax policy is something within our control. It’s something to be more considered, if you will. Very

Gene Tunny  39:01

good. Okay. Edwin hospital. Thanks so much for your time. I really enjoyed reading your book and well done on the book. Yes, I’ll definitely recommend that and put a link in the show notes. very much enjoyed the conversation. Look forward to speaking sometime in the future.

Ed Oswald  39:19

Here was my pleasure. Thank you very much for having me on.

Gene Tunny  39:23

rato, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

40:10

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Is Uncle Sam Running a Ponzi Scheme with the National Debt? w/ Dr Dan Mitchell – EP235

In this episode, show host Gene Tunny engages with Dr Dan Mitchell in a frank discussion about the US’s looming debt crisis. The conversation covers Dan’s new book, co-authored with Les Rubin, The Greatest Ponzi Scheme on Earth: How the US Can Avoid Economic Collapse. In the episode, Dan talks about the unsustainable trajectory of federal debt, the consequences of government overspending, and the tough choices needed to avert economic disaster. Hear how Dan reacts to the Modern Monetary Theory view that debt and deficits aren’t a problem.

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest: Dr Dan Mitchell

Daniel J. Mitchell is a top expert on fiscal policy issues such as tax reform, the economic impact of government spending, and supply-side tax policy. Mitchell is a former senior fellow with The Cato Institute and The Heritage Foundation and served as an economist for Senator Bob Packwood and the Senate Finance Committee. His articles can be found in such publications as the Wall Street Journal, New York Times, Investor’s Business Daily, and Washington Times. He is a frequent guest on radio and television and a popular speaker on the lecture circuit. Mitchell holds bachelor’s and master’s degrees in economics from the University of Georgia and a Ph.D. in economics from George Mason University. 

What’s covered in EP235

  • Introduction. (0:00)
  • US government debt and entitlement programs. (4:48)
  • Government spending and its impact on the economy. (9:05)
  • US government spending, Social Security, and fiscal policy. (14:06)
  • US retirement systems and entitlement programs. (18:32)
  • Medicare reform and the federal budget. (24:05)
  • US budget deficits and entitlement programs. (27:59)
  • Taxes, spending, and economic growth. (33:01)
  • Kyle Kulinksi clip. (38:11)
  • Dan responds to Monetary Monetary Theory (41:00).  
  • Entitlement programs and government spending. (44:40)

Takeaways

  1. The US federal debt is soaring, with projections showing a large increase in the debt-to-GDP ratio in the coming decades.
  2. Government spending, particularly on entitlement programs, is the primary driver of fiscal imbalance.
  3. Addressing the debt crisis requires significant policy changes, including reforming entitlement programs like Social Security and, to a lesser extent, Medicare and Medicaid.
  4. Reforming Social Security through personal retirement accounts could save trillions over the long run.  
  5. Lessons from other countries show that fiscal discipline and restructuring can improve economic stability.

Links relevant to the conversation

Lumo Coffee promotion

Lumo Coffee Discount: Visit Lumo Coffee (lumocoffee.com) and use code EXPLORED20 for a 20% discount until April 30, 2024.

Transcript: Is Uncle Sam Running a Ponzi Scheme with the National Debt? w/ Dr Dan Mitchell – EP235

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Dan Mitchell  00:04

We had this wonderful opportunity back when we had a much stronger fiscal situation and we blew it. And it could very well be in 30 years. As you know, once we’ve hit that iceberg with our fiscal Titanic’s, you know, sort of the, on the tombstone of the American economy will be. It’s a shame that we had the Monica Lewinsky Bill Clinton scandal because it ruined our chance of saving the country.

Gene Tunny  00:37

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. A lot of thanks for tuning into the show. In this episode, I’m delighted to speak once again with one of my favourite economics commentators Dr. Dan Mitchell, co founder and chairman of the Centre for freedom and prosperity. Dan was previously a senior fellow at the Cato Institute. And earlier in his career, he worked as an economist for a US senator and for the Senate Finance Committee. This episode I’m speaking with Dan about his new book, co authored with entrepreneurs Rubin titled The greatest Ponzi scheme on Earth, how the US can avoid economic collapse. It’s about a rapidly growing US federal debt. The US federal debt is over 120% of GDP currently, and according to the Congressional Budget Office, it will reach 181% of GDP in 2053. In this episode, Dan explains the difficult policy choices that will need to be made for the US to get its debt under control. This episode of economics explored is brought to you by Lumo coffee, which has three times the healthy antioxidants of regular coffee. It seriously healthy organic coffee Lumo offers a 20% discount for economics, explore listeners until the 30th of April 2024. Check out the show notes for details. As always, I’d be interested in what you think about what we discussed this episode. Are you concerned about the ever growing US federal debt? Also, please let me know any ideas you have for how I can improve the show. You can find my contact details in the show notes. Right? Oh, we’d better get into it. I hope you enjoy the episode. Dr. Dan Mitchell, welcome back on to the programme.

02:42

Glad to be with you, Jane.

Gene Tunny  02:44

Yes, it’s excellent. Dan, I’ve enjoyed reading your new book with your co author, Liz Rubin, the greatest Ponzi scheme on Earth,

02:55

how the US can avoid economic collapse. To start off with, could

Gene Tunny  03:02

you explain why do you compare the fiscal situation in the US to a Ponzi scheme, please? Well,

Dan Mitchell  03:09

a Ponzi scheme as your listeners and viewers may know or not know, is when you, in fact, get the sucker people into a game where they pay money. And they’re promised that they’ll get their money back because new people will always come into the game. So if you get the game early, you can wind up winning, but all Ponzi schemes ultimately fall apart. Because they’re your pyramid schemes where however you want to describe them, there just aren’t enough new suckers that join the game to keep it going. So the early people get out, and they make a profit. But the vast majority of people wind up losing their money. And when you look at the budgets, by the way, not just in the United States, but in many Western nations with demographics of ageing populations, and poorly designed entitlement programmes. When the US budget and the budget of a lot of other countries, we’re heading toward disaster because government is growing faster than the private sector. And when government grows faster than the private sector sooner or later, that’s going to lead to massive debt increases massive tax increases massive money printing to finance government spending is just a recipe in the long run for some sort of disaster, and then the United States. We’re like the Titanic sailing toward the iceberg. Except we can see the iceberg. We know what’s going to happen. We know it’s going to be bad news, but politicians, they don’t think past the next election cycle, or at least they don’t act like they do. And as a result, it gets worse every year because they keep adding more spending on top of all the spending already in the pipeline.

Gene Tunny  04:48

Yeah. Can we talk about that, please? Dan, is it true that the US it’s running it’s got a baked in budget deficit, hasn’t it? It’s got a structural budget deficit of several percentage points of GDP. And so that means your debt to GDP ratio is going up by several percentage points of GDP every year. And I’m not sure the exact figure, but are you at something like 100? And is it 130% of GDP or something of that order of magnitude at the moment in terms of debt to GDP, we

Dan Mitchell  05:18

have two measures. And this, this confuses a lot of people, we have gross debt as a share of GDP. And then we have public debt as a share of GDP. The public debt as a share of GDP, I think is the more relevant number, because that’s the calculation of how much money the government has borrowed from the private sector. The gross debt includes the money the government owes itself because we have with programmes like our social security system, which is our pension system in the US. When the government was collecting excess payroll tax revenues, the Social Security system would give those payroll tax revenues to the Treasury, the Treasury would issue government bonds, a special type of government bond and the Social Security system, but it was the government taking money out of one pocket and putting an IOU in the other pocket. It’s only a bookkeeping entry. So so a lot of people when they cite that higher number in the range of 130% of GDP, that’s the gross public debt, which is the real public debt, ie the debt held by the public, plus the the amount of money the government owes itself for these phoney trust funds.

Gene Tunny  06:29

Right, so So what is it roughly I mean, you have, I think, what’s good about your book as you you’re careful to you talk about the actual liabilities, there are some there are the ones that are owed to the bondholders. And then there are also these unfunded liabilities. So you talk about this broader range of liabilities as well, I like that, can you? Can you give us a picture of where the US is now and where it’s heading?

Dan Mitchell  06:55

Well, it’ll be a depressing story. As I already said, the most important thing to worry about is that government spending is growing faster than the private sector. And as long as those trend lines are upside down, where government is growing faster than private sector, that ultimately is a recipe, as I said, for massive tax increases, massive debt increases, and government printing money to finance its budget, Allah, Argentina, at least pre President Malay down there. Now, what accounts for our trouble? Why is government growing faster than their private sector? The main thing is the entitlements. And since we were just talking about public debt, government debt, let me try to explain three different calculations. That held by the public, as we already discussed, is the amount that governments borrowed from the private sector to gross public debt includes the money the government owes itself for the phoney trust funds and Social Security and things like that. But then the really scary number are the unfunded liabilities. And that’s just a measure of how much money the government has committed to pay for various entitlement programmes Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, and since those programmes are the ones growing the fastest, and says the revenues, even though revenues are growing over time, you know, not only a nominal dollar, not only in inflation adjusted dollars, but even as a percentage GDP, the tax take in the United States is scheduled and projected to increase over the next several decades. The problem is government is projected to grow at a much, much faster rate. And these unfunded liabilities. And as you probably know, Jean, you know, a lot depends on what your projections are interest rates, discount rates, all these other things. But we’re talking potentially several 100 trillion dollars, depending again, what what assumptions you have in your model. And what it really boils down to is massive, long run fiscal imbalance in the United States, because government is simply growing much too fast and, and reuse my metaphor, we are heading for that iceberg. We’re in the Titanic. And it’s very frustrating that we have such short sighted politicians in both parties, by the way, where they just say, Oh, who cares? That’s, that’s a problem for someone in the future. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  09:17

And you talk about this concept of a doom loop. Are we is the US in that doom loop already? Or is that something that could happen in the future? If you

Dan Mitchell  09:27

were to ask me to make a guess? I would be on the pessimistic side. I just don’t think that our current political class has enough responsibility. My former George Mason University professor, the Nobel Prize winner, James Buchanan, we came up with the whole public choice school of economics, analysing what are the incentives facing politicians and bureaucrats, things like that. He and other public choice scholars will sometimes talk about the unwritten constitution And for a long time in the United States, there was this sort of expectation, even among politicians, well, we can’t really mess things up too badly. We have to sort of keep government under control. We can’t let debt spiral out of control. We can have massive, massive money printing or excessive taxation. And so that sort of kept things within check. Unfortunately, I just don’t think those constraints exist anymore. In some cases, I think it’s just pure shallow politics. I don’t care about the future. I’m going to buy votes today, try to accumulate power, make my committee more important, whatever their the incentives are, the politicians have. And in some cases, I think you have genuinely deluded people, especially on the left, who think, Oh, well, bigger government is good for the economy. You know, maybe they’re Keynesians, maybe they’re hardcore socialists, but I’m sure some of them are, are sincere in their beliefs, however diluted they are. But I think the main problem is, is that the politicians simply are so short sighted. They care more about their political careers than they do about the best interests of the country. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  11:07

I think I think you’re right there. Unfortunately, it seems to me, my impression is, is that politicians were more, there was more of a bipartisan consensus. I mean, now you don’t have either party that seems to be concerned about it. But back in the 90s, it seemed to be that there was more of a concerted effort by Congress on both sides of the aisle to get things under control. And then that helped Bill Clinton run some budget surpluses in the 90s. So yeah, even Joe Biden’s as a senator was, was very much in involved in these efforts. Am I reading that correctly? Dan?

Dan Mitchell  11:44

I think you’re basically Correct. You had, especially once the Republicans took over Congress in 1994. You know what sometimes it was called the Gingrich revolution, after being in the minority in Congress for What deal 40 years, the Republicans took the house, they took the Senate, it was a massive landslide win. And to give Bill Clinton credit, he didn’t try to fight it, he gave that famous State of the Union address where he said the era of big government is over, there’s over. And it wasn’t just rhetoric, going for a four year period, following the Republican takeover of Congress, government grew by an average in nominal terms of only 2.9% a year. And that was when we went from these massive $200 billion plus deficits. Now, of course, that seems small when we’re talking about reading today. But back then everyone was worried that was some threshold and you’ve crossed over it, you were being very irresponsible. Well, those big deficits turned into budget surpluses within a very short period of time, why government road grew at an average of 2.9% a year. And nominal GDP, of course, was growing much faster than that. And since revenue tends to track nominal GDP, that meant revenue was growing faster. So we had a bigger and bigger private sector, and relatively speaking, a smaller and smaller burden of government spending. Now, we got the budget surplus, but you know, when I think mattered, even more government spending as a share of GDP declined, because as Milton Friedman informed us many decades ago, the burden of government is not how much in taxes, it’s how much it spends. Because whether you you finance that government spending with borrowing with printing money, or with taxing, you’re diverting resources from the productive sector of the economy, so a lot of people in the US are very fixated on reading deficits, and that, Oh, that’s terrible. Well, they are bad. But government spending is the real problem. That’s what we need to get under control. And if we get government under control, make sure that the private sector is growing faster than the government, you’re gonna get rid of reading, you’re maybe not in one year, maybe not two years. And given the magnitude of the problem we face today, it might even take five years or 10 years. But so long as government spending is constrained, you’re eventually going to solve your problems of reading. And but the key thing to understand is government spending is the underlying problem. Red ink is simply a symptom of the problem.

Gene Tunny  14:14

Yeah, one of the strong points you make in the book is that the US Treasury itself, it’s issued warnings about this, hasn’t it? That this current fiscal path is unsustainable. So is this Janet Yellen is treasury. Does that mean that Janet Yellen, the Treasury Secretary knows this problem? And presumably she’s, I mean, you hope she’s telling, you know, Biden, and you know, the people in the West Wing about this. So where does the what’s going wrong? Is it in Congress? Is it the fact that it’s all just politically too hard that you’ve got these entitlements baked into the system? Well, what’s going on? What’s going wrong?

Dan Mitchell  14:52

I don’t know what Janet Yellen, the Treasury Secretary tells Joe Biden or for that matter, the Director of the Office of Management Budget, theoretically in charge of the spending side of budget, but whatever they’re telling him, Joe Biden’s budgets are terrible. He does have massive tax increases. And some people say, Oh, look, he’s serious about the deficit. He wants to raise taxes. But he’s always proposing massive spending increases. And of course, what do we know about tax increases, they never generate as much revenue as the politicians think because people change their behaviour. But also, whenever there’s an expectation of higher revenue in Washington, politicians can’t resist increasing spending. So Biden’s budgets were ever enacted. I would bet dollars to donuts that we would have more brand A we would have higher deficits, for those two reasons. So I don’t think you and again, is it Biden’s fault? Is it is it his appointees fault? Who knows who cares? The the key thing to understand is, he has terrible fiscal policy. He seems to be captured by sort of the Bernie Sanders Elizabeth Warren wing of the Democratic Party. And frankly, there really isn’t a bill clinton wing of the Democratic Party anymore. That’s that’s the problem. So, you know, Joe Biden, when he was a senator went along with Bill Clinton’s more free market economic agenda in the 1990s. But now, Joe Biden is doing the Elizabeth Warren Bernie Sanders agenda. And unfortunately, you know, Republicans have sort of lost that that old Tea Party zeal for fiscal responsibility and spending restraint. And that makes it very depressing for people like me, who work on fiscal policy in Washington.

Gene Tunny  16:35

Yes, yes. In terms of what can be done about it. So I had a guest on a couple of weeks ago, Michael Johnston is a in the in the finance industry. And he’s and he’s had a look at it. And you know, he’s we talked about the retirement age, we talked about the contributions, changes to the payroll tax contributions. We talked about, you know, different options for reforming Social Security. And you cover those in your book, many, I think, similar ones, but you’ve got a transition plan, which I think is really interesting, because there’s this recognition that the trust fund is exhausted to the or what happens is that when they run out of those IOUs, that the Treasury put in there, I mean, the cash went a long time ago. But when you get to a certain point, and then they have to cut benefits, don’t they? There’s a there’s a point in 2033, or whatever it is, but you’ve got a plan for improving that or getting out of that situation fixing up social security over I think it’s a 20 year period. Can you explain that plan, please, Dan,

Dan Mitchell  17:46

the problem we have with Social Security is that the spending and the programme is growing much faster than the revenues going into the programme. And as a result, this mythical trust fund is being depleted, the IOUs are being cashed in, which simply means the Treasury’s borrowing more money. But the trust fund, you know, as funny as it is, it’s still an important bookkeeping entry. And that’s going to run out in the early half of the first half of next decade. And then, technically, under the law, there’ll be an automatic cut and benefits for senior citizens of more than 20%. Now, will politicians allow that to happen? Probably not, you know, they could pass a lot tomorrow and add five zeros to every IOU in the trust fund. And on paper, that would solve the problem. But of course, it would only solved the problems by having Uncle Sam just issue hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of billions of dollars, and eventually trillions and trillions of dollars of new debt. So given the ageing of our population, and given the fact that Social Security is so poorly designed, in the book, less Reuben and I proposed to, in effect, do something similar to what you guys have in Australia, have a system of personal retirement accounts based on real savings. Now, you guys sort of just adopted it out of nothing. We have this giant unfunded liability and poorly designed Social Security system. And so our challenge is going to be entirely different. Because if we allow younger workers to start, in effect, shifting their payroll taxes into personal retirement accounts, how are we going to pay the benefits to current retirees, or to workers who are too old to benefit from a new system? And that’s what’s called the transition cost. And the transition costs, frankly, will be enormous. You’re talking 10s of trillions of dollars over the next 20 years. And some people say, Oh, my God, we can’t do that. 10s of trillions of dollars when we already have this giant amount of government debt. Well, here’s the here’s the most important thing to understand the unfunded liability. The cash flow deficit of The Social Security system over the next 75 years, and inflation adjusted dollars is more than $60 trillion. So here’s the choice, we have in the US two choices, to keep the current system going with a giant $60 trillion plus cash flow deficit, or transition to a system of personal retirement accounts, which $20 trillion or more of transition costs. Now, I don’t like having to make that choice. But if I’m going to have to make a choice, I’d rather have a $20 trillion problem to deal with than a $60 trillion problem to deal with. And then at the end of the day, wouldn’t it be great to have a retirement system based on private savings, rather than a government retirement system that’s untrustworthy, that’s based on taxes and debt. So I think Australia, not just Australia, Switzerland, Netherlands, Sweden, Chile, you know, there are several dozen countries around the world that now have much stronger and retirement systems that are better for national economies, but retirement systems that also are better for individual workers. So that’s a giant challenge for the United States. We almost did it, by the way, during the Clinton years. And that’s what’s so tragic. rebill Clinton was on board, he understood the issue, Republicans and Congress understood the issue. But then we got that whole impeachment thing, and Bill Clinton had to move to the left to shore up the Democratic base. And as a result, we had this wonderful opportunity back when we had a much stronger fiscal situation, and we blew it. And it could very well be in 30 years. As you know, once we’ve hit that iceberg with our fiscal Titanic’s sort of the, the tombstone of the American economy will be it’s a shame that we had the Monica Lewinsky Bill Clinton scandal because it ruined our chance of saving the country. Right? Yeah, yeah. Yeah, that’s

Gene Tunny  22:02

a that’s a good political observation there. Dan. I think that a lot of the maybe a lot of the craziness does date from from that episode. That was an extraordinary of a so now, what about Medicare? I mean, one of the other issues is Medicare and Medicaid, do you have recommendations for those programmes to

Dan Mitchell  22:25

the good news about Medicare and Medicaid is that those problems are much easier to deal with and Social Security. With Medicaid. That’s the easiest one of all because, and that, by the way, for your your listeners and viewers outside of the United States, Medicaid is the federal government’s programme, to provide health care to poor people. And what we should do to that programme is what we did under Bill Clinton with welfare reform in the 1990s. Simply take the programme, block, grant it and turn it over to the states. And then the states would then have full flexibility to innovate and experiment, figure out the best way and most cost efficient way of providing health care to low income people, and that work fantastically with welfare reform. We reduce poverty, we reduce child poverty, we increase labour force participation among low income people. So let’s learn from that success and fix the Medicaid programme. Wonderful, simple choice. We actually almost did it during the Trump years. I mean, Trump was very irresponsible in many areas on government spending. But Congress came within one vote in the Senate from making that reform is another one of these tragic things of history, that, that we didn’t take that opportunity. But maybe it can happen in the next four years, because that’s an issue where we’re, I think Trump is open to doing the right thing. Now let’s shift to Medicare. Now, Joe Biden has said no changes to Medicare, that’s irresponsible. Donald Trump has said no changes to Medicare, that’s fiscally irresponsible. So it’s very hard for me to be optimistic about anything happening on this programme in the next few years. But let’s explain what should be done. And again, for your overseas listeners and viewers. Medicare is the federal government’s programme to provide health care for old people, Medicaid, health care for poor people, Medicare, health care for old people. I’m on Medicare, because I’m 65. So you have to sign up. So I know I’m part of the problem now. But the simple way to solve that, and by the way, Republicans back during the Tea Party era, in the early part of last decade, they had budgets, the Paul Ryan budgets that fix both Medicare and Medicaid and what they did with Medicare at the end of that they looked at the Health Care programme for federal government workers for the Federal Employees Health Benefits programme. And in effect, what it does is it tells federal bureaucrats, here are your choices and health plans. You pick the one that that best serves you the federal gov reds can provide a certain amount of support to premium support. So we subsidise the plans, but you pick the plan that you want. Well, let’s do the same thing with senior citizens. Give everyone this sort of voucher if you want to call it that, and then let them pick from from a range of approved plans. And then of course, if you limit how fast the premium support grows, you could wind up saving trillions and trillions of dollars over time. Just like with the Medicaid block grant, you can save trillions and trillions of dollars over time, so long as you keep the growth of either the block grant or the premium support from growing slower than the private sector. So fixing Medicare and Medicaid shouldn’t be that difficult, not nearly as big of a fiscal challenge as fixing Social Security. But of course, it will be a political challenge, because we saw back when Paul Ryan was trying to fix these programmes. last decade, you had you had folks on the left running campaign commercials of a Paul Ryan look like pushing a grandmother off a cliff. It gives you an idea of the kind of silly demagoguery we get in US elections. But the good news is Republicans several years in a row during the Tea Party era, they were passing budgets that presumed Medicaid and Medicare reform. Now, Bill Clinton was in the White House, obviously, these programmes died in Congress because they couldn’t get any farther than that. But if Republicans can sort of rediscovered that Ronald Reagan, Tea Party type spirit of fiscal responsibility, I think there is a chance maybe not with Trump in the White House. But at some point, you know, I think there’ll be a Reagan type conservative in the White House. And those programmes can and should and must be fixed. We discuss that in the book we explain, you know, we don’t go into great details, we don’t want to bore just the average reader. The whole purpose of the book is to explain and common sense language with lots of facts, but not bearing people with jargon and stuff like that. Here is our problem. Here’s the direction we’re going that direction is going to be a disaster. But if we make these reforms, we can we can make America much more prosperous.

Gene Tunny  27:19

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  27:24

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  27:53

Now back to the show. Okay, and what about defence, Stan? So there’s a you know, reasonably widespread view that I mean, the Pentagon waste money? I mean, I think that’s undeniable. It’s failed six or seven audits. There are concerns about unnecessary, costly military adventures abroad. 7 trillion or whatever. There’s all of these astronomical estimates for what the, you know, Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria has cost the US and will continue to cost in the future. Is there anything that should be done about defence in your view?

Dan Mitchell  28:34

I’m sure there must be hundreds of billions of dollars of waste, and the Pentagon, but we focused in the book, what are the long term drivers of our fiscal problems, and it’s, it’s not the defence budget, the defence budget has, has keeps coming down as a percentage of the budget over time. Or if you measure the defence budget as a share of GDP, it’s come down. Obviously, we don’t want to waste money anywhere, even if it’s not the driving force and driving problem in the budget. But defence is not the issue. Now. That doesn’t mean we should do costly nation building exercises in the Middle East. But on the other hand, I’m not enough defence foreign policy expert. But given what Russia is doing, and given China’s sabre rattling in the South China Sea and stuff like that, I’m not sure I would want to radically slashed the defence budget, I would probably want to reorganise it. So we’re more focused on being able to protect America’s national interest. But but that’s separate from I guess, a fiscal debate. Again, fiscal fiscally speaking, the defence budget is is just a tiny fraction of our problem. And that’s even part of the problem at all.

Gene Tunny  29:47

Right? Because it’s these, these entitlement programmes where you’ve got that fundamental problem of the spending ghetto, getting away from any revenue that’s coming into town, you know, to fund them. So yeah. And take that point. Right, and why isn’t higher? I mean, I think you make a good a good case for why this is a spending problem. It’s not a just a low tax problem. Can you explain why you wouldn’t want? The government has to address this fiscal gap through higher taxes? Please, Dan?

Dan Mitchell  30:22

Well, I guess there are two things that are important to understand. The Congressional Budget Office every year publishes a long run forecast. And by long run, they’re looking out 30 years, they published his long run forecast of the US economy. And in that document, the most recent one came out just last month, I think it was maybe two months ago. But it showed that revenues are above their long run average. Spending is also above the long run average. And if you look at the forecast, 30 years out, the revenue burden is going to climb to record levels, because mostly because of real bracket creep. In other words, as you know, even in a sluggish growth economy, you know, people are going to sort of their incomes are going to increase, they’re gonna go into higher tax brackets. So the government winds up getting bonus tax payments, with even modest levels of economic growth. So the tax burden is heading to be at an all time high. But because government spending is projected to grow much faster than the private sector, it means that, that we’re falling farther and farther behind. So just as a matter of pure math, our problem is more than 100%. on the spending side of the budget. Again, revenue is climbing as a share of GDP. But because spending is climbing much, much faster. Why on earth would we want to increase taxes on the American people for a problem that is more than 100%? on the spending side of the budget. But that’s just the math argument. Now, let’s look at what I call the public choice slash economic issue, which is that if you put taxes on the table, what are politicians going to do, they’re going to increase spending. And not only that, if they get the taxes throw, the economy’s gonna suffer. Now, I’m never one to say, Oh, you raised this tax or that tax, there’s going to be a recession, I worry more about if you raise this texture, that tax, the long run growth rate will decline. And even if it only declines a small amount, maybe two tenths of 1%, a year that has massive long run implications because of the wedge effect over time. And then, and I think that even left wing economists, the honest ones are going to admit that higher marginal tax rates on work saving and investing are not good for growth. So as GDP gets smaller and smaller over time, at least in terms of compared to some baseline projection, that means foregone tax revenue, because there’s less national income to tax. So what’s the bottom line, politicians will spend more money because of the higher taxes and the higher taxes won’t generate as much revenue? And you don’t want to know what the most powerful evidence for this is? I think I get the data for the, for the 15 countries of the old European Union, in other words, the core Western European countries that would be most analogous to the United States or, for that matter, Australia, relatively rich by world standards, Western oriented nations. And what did I show in the European Union, you go back and I did a five year average. So nobody could accuse me of cherry picking just one year that was favourable to my analysis. I did a five year average for the last half of the 1960s. And I looked at government spending as a share of GDP, taxes of the share of GDP, and government debt as a share of GDP, and taxes between the end of the 1960s. And the most recent five years, the tax burden in Western Europe increased by 10 percentage points of GDP. Now, politicians in Western Europe and these various countries Germany, France, Belgium, Netherlands, etc, etc. They said, Well, we have to raise taxes, because we have red ink, we have deficits and debt. So I said, Okay, taxes went up by an enormous amount as a share of GDP between the late 60s and today. What happened to government debt, they use this massive increase in the tax burden to lower government debt, no government debt during that period, doubled as a share of GDP. In other words, politicians spend every single penny of that new revenue plus some. So when I debate some of my left wing friends, I tell them, show me an example. Anywhere in the world, where we’re giving politicians more money to spend has resulted in better long run fiscal performance. It just doesn’t happen. By contrast, I’ve gone through the IMS World Economic Outlook Database, and I found not a lot unfortunately, but I found many examples of countries that for multi year periods had government spending growing at 2%? a year or less? And what do you find, in those cases when they’re spending restraint. And we talked about this, by the way, we have an entire chapter in the book, where I cite some of these good examples. When you have spending restraint. Deficits go down the burden of government spending, as a share of GDP goes down, you have success. Yeah, I couldn’t, we could add some blank pages in the book, and lift and title that chapter success stories of higher taxes, because there wouldn’t be anything to write.

Gene Tunny  35:32

Very good. And you saw it studies by OECD and IMF, I think that do establish that empirical link between taxes and growth and negative link. If you have a higher tax to GDP, you have a lower economic growth rate. If I’m if I remember correctly, you cite some of those studies. So I can put links in there.

Dan Mitchell  35:53

It is remarkable that the OECD and then the IMF, by and large are sort of, I don’t know whether you’d call them left leaning bureaucracies, but drug pushers controlled by government bureaucrats who respond to their political paymasters in Washington and Berlin and Brussels and Paris. And so you get a lot of bad advice from the IMF and the OECD. But both of those international bureaucracies have economics departments that do working papers and studies. And even though these studies don’t get a lot of attention, I look at them. And it’s remarkable how often those studies point to the fact that spending restraint, and low tax rates are good for growth, while at the same time to political appointees at the IMF and the OECD. They go around the world saying government should raise taxes and increase spending. So I’m not a fan of international bureaucracies. He has the leadership of the International bureaucracies. They respond to pressure from national capitals around the world. And unfortunately, when you have Joe Biden, and the US and your Sunak, in the United Kingdom, might as well be a Labour Party, Prime Minister, and then of course, he macarons No, good. Schultz. I mean, we just have so many bad left wing governments and the major countries of the world that you wind up with the OECD and the IMF responding to their pressure to give bad advice, even though many of the economists that work at those bureaucracies, publish papers that have findings that that good economists would agree with.

Gene Tunny  37:22

Yeah, yeah. Yeah, they’re not motivated by the politics. They just want to do the the analysis, crunch the numbers and come up with credible findings. So absolutely. Dan, before we wrap up, I’d like to play you a clip, which I think is it’s representative of all the the opposite view to yours. And, and in a way, it’s almost like when I listened to it yesterday, I thought is this Kyle Kolinsky actually talking about Dan, but I think he’s just thinking generally about other, you know, economists and what economists are not and what I think mainstream economists think about the dead. I don’t think this is necessarily a libertarian economist view. So I want to play this and then get your reactions to it because it’s, it’s quite a quite a fascinating clip.

Kyle Kulinski  38:11

Your line of attack against both Trump and Biden is the debt. That’s the first thing you list the existential issue of the debt. Okay, let’s be clear, guys, that is simply a right wing argument. That’s like the libertarian economics types, the Austrian economics types. The idea that, you know, the nation’s debt is you should conceptualise it the same as household debt. Like if you have household debt, you only have a choice, you kind of have to pay it off. Like you have to. It appears like RFK has no idea how the national debt functions, especially when you have a sovereign currency. He should read up not only on Keynesianism, but on modern monetary theory, because all this debt and deficit fear mongering, I just need to understand this. It’s the dumbest shit of all time. It’s just the dumbest shit of all time. Just just to give one example, Japan has had a lot of debt for a long time. And even their debt to GDP ratio was kind of out of whack. And a lot of like, right wing wall street types have been predicting forever, a debt crisis that’s going to hit Japan. And it never comes. They’ve been saying it since like the 1990s. That that’s gonna happen. It never comes. Why? Because they fundamentally misunderstand what the national debt is, what it means to run a deficit, how that impacts the economy. Here’s a fact that a lot of people don’t know. Did you know that public debts lead to private growth? Right. So from that perspective, you might even say in many instances, public debt is a good it’s just a good thing. Not it’s a bad thing. We got to fear it. You know, this is bad and wrong, and we need to reverse it and we need to Make sure we cut it. No. In some instances, it’s a good thing. Like there are very positive outcomes that come from public debt. And again, I don’t, I don’t think he understands it, that public debt means private surpluses. That is like, that’s the lifeblood, certainly of a capitalist economic system.

Gene Tunny  40:21

Right. So that was Carl Kolinsky, who’s a very prominent progressive commentator in the, the US and he was responding to something RFK Jr. said, he told Erin Burnett on CNN, regarding how he sees the dead as an accident, an existential threat to the US. And he’s worried that neither Biden nor Trump are actually that concerned about it, or will will do anything about it. So Dan, do you have any thoughts on I mean, that particular viewpoint, I’d be interested in your reactions to that because it is it does seem to be a common view among, among many people out there.

Dan Mitchell  41:00

But I never thought I would agree with RFK, Jr. on something, but he is right about Trump and Biden. They don’t care about that. But I would change the focus. My concern with Trump and Biden is that they don’t care about the growth of government. And as we’ve already talked about, Jean, that growth of government is the problem. The growth of debt is a symptom of the problem. Now, there’s no question that, that a lot of people who do fixate on the debt, have pointed to Japan and said, Oh, this, this is not going to end well. And, and I think those people are right, but it’s always a danger to imply that crisis will happen overnight. Now, having said that, let’s Ruben and I, at the start of our book, we give a little story. We say imagine that you’re Greek, and that you’re living in Greece in the mid 2000s. And everything seems great. You’re now part of the euro, your interest rates have come down, your economy is growing 4% a year. And sure there are some people complaining, well, wait, our demographics aren’t friendly, and our government debt is too high and government’s growing too fast. But you don’t care as a great citizen, because the government’s giving you lots of benefits. And it seems like the economy is just fine. And you think, oh, this person is just, you know, crying wolf. Well, guess what, within five years, your economies and one of the most massive, severe economic downturns that we’ve seen in the modern history of the Western world, and then, you know, their living standards dropped by 25%. In Greece, it was a horrible wrenching experience, because they got to the point where what happened were investors didn’t trust the Greek government. Now, we’re used to that with third world countries or developing countries, I guess we don’t use third world anymore. Why? Why has Argentina defaulted so many times because at least before President Malay, they’ve had all these Coronas governments that would spend money, borrow money, print, print money to finance their budgets. And then they got to a point where international investors said, I’m not gonna buy any bonds from that, from that government. That’s when you have a fiscal crisis, when investors no longer trust your government to pay back the bonds when they borrow money. Now, is Japan going to hit that? That that that crisis point? I think at some point, they probably will, because their demographics are really challenging. They have the entitlement problems, and government debt is more than 20% of GDP. And now, yes, they got the Japanese government has certain regulations, that sort of forces, a lot of private savings into buying government bonds. But at some point, you have to wonder they’re gonna run out of time. And I think the same thing will happen to the United States if we don’t get control of government spending. So I disagree with the gentleman whose clip that you played. I think that government debt is a troubling symptom of a bigger problem of government growing too fast. And I think Greece isn’t is a real world. Not that far ago, example of how that won’t end well. And yes, the US is the world’s reserve currency. We can print a bunch of money. But the mere fact that that guy was citing modern, modern monetary theory, the biggest crank theory that you could possibly imagine that you can sum up print your way to prosperity if that was true. Why isn’t Venezuela the most prosperous country on the planet? So I don’t know what that guy was smoking but that must be really fun.

Gene Tunny  44:40

Yeah, but look, it is. It is actually a an increasingly common view among particularly younger younger people. So I think it’s it’s interesting, he’s very influential on in those progressive circles in the state so that I get your reaction from that. Okay to that Okay, Dan, this has been terrific go. Yeah, I really enjoyed your book, I’m really gonna recommend it. I’ll put a link in the show notes. I learned a lot I learned about, you know, exactly what’s happening with Social Security in this days for the trust fund. That’s fascinating how it’s full of IOUs, how there’s going to be this, this critical point in in 2032, or 33. And I chatted about that with Michael Johnston as well, that will, hopefully for some type of action is not just some sort of, you know, putting in a couple of zeros, as you suggest that they could do, they could just say, Oh, look, all is good. We’ll just give you some, you know, pretend you’ve got more money in that trust fund. Let’s say they actually do something about that. And also liked you cite Switzerland as an exemplar of a of a, of a country that appears to be doing things really well. And in federal, the federalism there, the Federation could help because there’s the cantons compete with each other. They don’t want to have high taxes, they want to attract people. So I think that’s a good example. So yeah, definitely learned a lot from the book. Is there anything you’d like to say before we wrap this up, please, Dan?

Dan Mitchell  46:09

Well, of course, I recommend that people buy the book. I suspect, given that it’s a wonky topic, we’ll never sell enough that we get any royalties to speak of. So I want people to buy the book, not to not to put money in my pockets. But to understand what our problem is. Government is growing too fast. We have so many real world examples of countries that have done good things and bad things in the book. We have very accessible, easy to understand explanations of what’s wrong with our entitlement programmes, to solutions to fix those problems. And all I know is that I don’t want to be that Greek citizen in 2005, who 10 years later, was suffering through a deep, deep economic downturn because my politicians never got spending under control.

Gene Tunny  46:58

Yeah, yeah. Very good point. Okay, Dan Mitchell. This has been great. Thanks so much for appearing on the show. I’ve really enjoyed it.

Dan Mitchell  47:05

Well, thanks, Lucky. Thanks for having me on.

Gene Tunny  47:09

rato, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com, or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

47:56

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian dash productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business, www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

This episode on the limits of fiscal policy features highlights from host Gene Tunny’s past conversations with the late Australian economist Professor Tony Makin and former OECD Ambassador Alex Robson. In the discussions, Tony Makin provides a balanced and insightful analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the COVID-19 pandemic, critiquing programs like JobKeeper while recognizing some justification. He and Alex Robson discuss the importance of considering the open economy impacts of fiscal stimulus and the long-term burdens of debt. The episode looks to validate Makin’s warnings about the limits of discretionary fiscal policy through subsequent evidence and events. Gene summarizes the JobKeeper evaluation results and what happened in the Australian housing market following the pandemic fiscal stimulus. 

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP222

  • Fiscal policy limits and its impacts: introduction (0:03)
  • Economic stimulus measures during the COVID-19 pandemic. (9:36)
  • JobKeeper program design and targeting. (15:44)
  • JobKeeper program’s effectiveness and infrastructure spending challenges. (21:31)
  • Keynesian economics and infrastructure spending. (27:50)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy. (33:13)
  • Fiscal policy and its unintended consequences. (40:12)
  • The economic impact of public debt with Tony Makin and Alex Robson. (48:31)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy: wrap up. (53:39)

Takeaways

  1. Fiscal stimulus packages must be carefully designed and limited in size to avoid unintended consequences.
  2. The nature of the workforce is important to consider when implementing fiscal policy, as not all workers can easily transfer to different industries.
  3. The burden of public debt, including interest payments, can have long-term impacts on national income and economic growth.
  4. The effectiveness of fiscal policy in an open economy is influenced by factors such as capital mobility and exchange rates.
  5. Tony Makin was a leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy in Australia, and his contributions to the field are greatly missed.

Episodes the highlights are clipped from

EP119: What Tony Makin taught us about macroeconomics – Economics Explored 
A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19 with Tony Makin – new podcast episode | Queensland Economy Watch

Links relevant to the conversation

Fiscal policy papers by Tony Makin:

The Effectiveness of Federal Fiscal Policy: A Review

(PDF) Australia’s Competitiveness: Reversing the Slide 

 A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19

Treasury analysis of JobKeeper:

Independent Evaluation of the JobKeeper Payment Final Report | Treasury.gov.au

The employment effects of JobKeeper receipt | Treasury.gov.au  

News regarding unintended consequences of fiscal stimulus:

Building company collapses into liquidation days before Christmas, impacting four Guzman Y Gomez sites

Transcript: The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Tony Makin  00:03

For instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees and not wanting to be perhaps putting paint bets and ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at whim.

Gene Tunny  00:39

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, in this episode, I’m going to talk about the limits of fiscal policy. So that’s the use of government spending and taxation to influence the economy. So to try to smooth out the business cycle or to respond to some big shock, like the pandemic or the financial crisis. During the pandemic, in particular, we saw heavy use of fiscal policy by governments around the world. While some stimulus may have been warranted, we’re starting to really see some of the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus packages in different countries. So you could argue that are a good part of the inflation that we’ve seen in the last couple of years that was due to the, you know, these massive fiscal policy responses that occurred that, that injected all of this additional money into household and business bank accounts, and we ended up with too much money chasing too few goods, which is that that classic explanation of inflation. We’ve also seen high public debts. So big increase in debt worldwide. And then we’ve got the growing burden of interest payments on government budgets. We’ve also seen impacts like what you’d call crowding out, we’ve seen supply side impacts, or constraints really starting to, to bite, particularly in the building industry. So some of these, these unintended consequences, you could say, maybe they should have been foreseen, they’re really starting to have an impact, particularly here in Australia, we’ve seen an impact on the building industry on its costs, and that’s affecting firm viability. So there’s all this extra demand, and there’s only so much supply out there. And, you know, supply can only respond in, it can’t respond automatically or instantly, to to this additional demand. So we’ve seen a big increase in in costs in that sector, and then that’s having all sorts of adverse impacts and you know, builders are closing down and then the people who are getting their houses built, they’re badly impacted, too. So that’s, that’s one of the things we’re seeing here in Australia that I’m going to talk about. Early in the pandemic, Professor Tony Macon of Griffith University in Australia. So Tony was based on the Gold Coast, which is south of Brisbane, where I am so early in the pandemic tiny warned about the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus in Episode 41 of the podcast. So in one of the earlier episodes of this show, in June 2020, I spoke with Tony about his analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the pandemic. He prepared that for the Centre for independent studies, which is a think tank in Sydney. So the CIS it’s one that I’m an adjunct Fellow at and I’ve had a lot to do with over the years. I’m gonna play some clips from that conversation I had with Tony, in, you know what turned out to be one of the early Months of the pandemic. So, I mean, things started going, going crazy. And when was it March 2020. So that’s a, it’s just a few months after, after that. We had a big a major fiscal policy response by the end of March in Australia, if I remember. And so we’re starting to see some of the, you know, the less desirable features of that already in in June when I spoke with Tony. Okay, so I’m going to play some clips from that conversation to illustrate some really important points about the limits of fiscal policy. So I’m not saying that activist fiscal policy is everywhere and always bad. I think what I want to say is that you’ve really got to be careful with it, you’ve got to think about, well, what’s going to be the ongoing impact on your interest payments? Could could there be any crowding out? Could there be unintended consequences? Could you actually be destabilising the economy in the future? You may be trying to stabilise it now, but could you actually make things worse than they otherwise would be in in the future? So they’re the types of considerations I think are important with with fiscal policy? Okay, one thing I have to say is that tiny Macon is sadly, no longer with us. He died unexpectedly in November 2021. So, in addition to playing some highlights from my fiscal policy conversation with Tony, I’m also going to play some highlights from my conversation about Tony’s legacy that I had with Alex Robson in Episode 119, from December 2021. So I think they’re worth that’s worth sticking around. For. Alex is a you know, he’s a former collaborator with Tony, he wrote some papers with him. And he’s also Australia’s former ambassador to the OECD in Paris, which is really top job in economics. Yeah, so Alex, Alex is a great person to hear from and he has a lot of excellent observations about about Tony. Okay, let’s play the first clip, which it features Tony’s critique of the massive job keeper, payroll subsidy programme that we have in Australia. I think that much of Tony’s critique has been supported by the facts. So new evidence, or what we’ve learned about how Job keeper rolled out and, you know, the impacts that it had. And also, I think that the review of the programme that my old deputy secretary in the treasury, Nigel Ray, so Nigel did a review of it. Last year, I think that that review that brings out some of these, well, that’s supportive of some of the criticisms that that that Tony made, although, of course, it’s it’s going to be measured. And you know, Nigel, is not someone who’s going to come out and say, Look, this is, you know, this is terrible, you really stuff this up, he’s going to be very measured about it all. There’s also a treasury research paper that’s relevant here. And I’ll have more to say about them after I play the clip. Tony, I’d like to ask about the Australian response, I thought you made some really great observations about the different elements of the response. So there was the job keeper programme, the payroll subsidy programme. And then there were there were cash handouts. And there’s also some bringing forward of infrastructure spending. You made some really insightful remarks regarding the efficacy regarding the merits of the different elements of the Australian Government response. And I think there are lessons that can apply to responses across the world, would you be able to take us through what those those insights and lessons that you made workplace turning?

Tony Makin  09:36

Yeah, well, I made a distinction between fiscal responses that were targeting the aggregate supply side of the economy, and, in the paper, endorse those in principle and in particular, we’re talking about job Keeper which I think is a great innovation. We’ve not seen a scheme like like that, before, it’s not original to Australia, Australia copied what was happening in the UK and New Zealand and one or two other European economies. And the innovation was to see firms as a source of employment. Correct. And to alleviate the pressure on firms and their employees in particular, by providing a direct subsidy to the firm. So it was a supply side initiative, more than a demand side initiative, it was helping aggregate supply, it wasn’t an element that he was sought to increase CRI or it was increasing G, of course, but it was it was it was aimed at the firm’s production. So that was an innovation. And I think there’s a prototype there for future fiscal responses in heaven. Let’s hope we don’t have similar sorts of crises. But it’s it’s a preferred means as opposed to the aggregate demand side response. And a, we’re in the form of two cash transfers or cash handouts, as we saw in response to the GFC trying to in the Keynesian ways stimulate spending, and the purpose of stimulating the spending is to enhance employment. So it’s a roundabout way of trying to enhance employment. I think it has the features of a of a subsidy to retailers in effect, because they’re the ones that they’ve been at most. And in any case, if there is spending and evidence shows that such handouts tend to be largely saved, but if they are spent, they are spent on imports. And they’re funded by borrowing from overseas, which has to be paid in the future. So there were two responses there that were trying to sustain employment one was the direct one to Job keeper. Good marks for that one. And then there was another one on top of that, which was the cash handouts, which was a roundabout way of of sustaining employment when there was another policy in place for that purpose.

Gene Tunny  12:24

Yep. So this job keeper, it was originally costed at one 30 billion, it turns out all it it may only cost 70 billion, there was a forecasting error. But that’s that’s, that’s tangential to our discussion. You did know that while job keeper is more justifiable than other stimulus or emergency measures, there are still concerns with the design of job keeper. Could you take us through some of those please, Tony,

Tony Makin  12:57

our look, the key one is the industry is involved. The questions about casuals being paid more on job teper than they were otherwise earning. So they’re being paid more not to work than to work. I think that’s the key floor with the with the programme. And hopefully that will be fixed when the Treasury completes its review very soon. I guess it’s also questions about eligibility and the the the rule that was there for downturn in, in sales, some of those aspects of it could be possibly fine tuned, but I think it is a useful prototype that can be improved.

Gene Tunny  13:49

Yep. If they if they did it again, I’m sure they would better targeted, and they might target it to the industries that are most affected, such as hospitality, tourism, retail, possibly not professional services, which, you know, appear to be, well not as badly affected as some other sectors. So the the key lesson is that this needs to be better targeted. The problem was from what I can tell this was developed within a week, possibly under a week when at toward the end of March, when they realised that they needed something like this because all of the employer groups were coming to the the government ministers and telling them we need this or we’re going to have to sack millions of people. So I think that’s what drove it. It was done very quickly.

Tony Makin  14:43

Yes. And also the alternative was to put enormous pressure on the on the Employment Benefits Scheme. people queuing up for benefits that would have been a major headache as well. Absolutely.

Gene Tunny  14:56

I think one of the great points you made in the paper was Sir. Regarding the cash handouts, we want to get people out spending, but the public health advice is saying actually stay home, we don’t want you to go out. So I thought that was a really interesting point. And actually, yes, that’s right. So the goal of these emergency measures should be to sustain businesses to keep people in employment during this challenging time. It’s not necessarily, though, and the way to do that is not necessarily to give people money to go out and, and spend on new flat screen TVs, which are imported. So that’s, I think that’s a good point that you’ve made. Okay, so that was Tony on job keeper, which was the payroll subsidy programme we had in Australia. And yep, Tony was, Tony was right about the some of the problems with that programme. Um, overall, I mean, I think that was a very balanced assessment of Tony’s he did recognise that to an extent, it could have been justifiable if it was better targeted. So he wasn’t ruling it out completely. He just had the had some concerns about the design. So I think that was a very, you know, measured, balanced assessment of job keeper from tiny, and another measured and balanced assessment of job caper came from Nigel Ray, who, as I mentioned, was my boss in the treasury. So really, really great public servant, Nigel. And, yep, I think he’s written a great report on job keeper. In the independent evaluation of the job keeper payment final report, he prepared that for the Treasury, I’ll put a link in the show notes. It was broadly supportive of the programme. But Nigel, you know, he had to acknowledge there are some serious issues with it with the design of it. And so what did he conclude? Let’s, let’s go through it. So one of the major conclusions was that a more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper. So I think that was the first six months. A lot of the detail is, it’s hard for me to remember at this stage, but I think that he’s talking about the first six months of the programme. They rolled it out for six months, and then they had another six months of it. A more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper would have enabled an earlier move from prospective to retrospective eligibility thresholds. For example, After three months, this would have allowed better targeting of payments beyond the initial three months and lower the costs of the programme. Okay, so what he’s, what he’s talking about there is that when it was rolled out, basically, you know, accountants would apply for their clients that apply to the ATO, and the accountants would be asking their clients, okay, well, what do you think’s gonna happen to your turnover over the next six months, so when whatever the whatever it was, maybe was quarterly basis, and, you know, you’d think, Oh, well, we’re gonna have this major pandemic. So yeah, we think we’re gonna get smashed. And so there are a lot of, you know, firms that applied for job keeper and got this job keep it like this very generous, turned out wage subsidy, that, you know, they really didn’t end up needing and they didn’t have that turnover reduction that they were forecasting and that they, you know, they’re they advise the ATO that they would, they would have, but there was no way for the ATO to claw that, to claw that back. So, yeah, what Nigel’s getting out there is that you could have designed it in a way that limited the fiscal cost by actually seeing, you know, what happened to the businesses like after a few months and then adjusting the payments after that. So I think that’s what he’s getting out there. It relied a lot on what businesses and their accountants were forecasting would be the impact of the pandemic on their, their turnover. And for many businesses that didn’t actually they didn’t experience the big revenue reductions or the turnover reductions that that they were forecasting, you needed to forecast a particular percentage reduction in in your turnover. I can’t remember off the top my head if I can find it. I’ll put it in the show notes. Righto. So and the second major finding from Nigel regarding job keeper he noted that a tiered payment structure One that is proportionate to previous earnings is better targeted than a flat payment. And this is getting at that concern that Tony had that there were quite a few part time. People, part time employees who may have maybe they were working a couple of days a week in, in a business and they, you know, they were earning an award wage that wasn’t much more than the national minimum wage. Suddenly, because of this payment for a job keeper was that it was more gee, it must have been at sort of trying to approximate a might have been a full time wage for a person roughly on minimum wage or something like that. I can’t remember exactly. But it was much higher, then, you know, some it’ll be more money than someone be would be earning if they’re only working a couple of days a week, part time. And so the idea was, let’s make this simple. Let’s get this out to the people who need it. Let’s not worry too much about trying to make it more targeted, because we don’t have time to do that. And what it meant is that you had and this is the point time he’s making you had many part time people actually earning more with job keeper, then they would have learned otherwise. So yeah, that was a really poorly designed part of job keeper. Also relevant regarding job keeper is a recent Treasury research paper and this came out. So this came out late on Friday, the 22nd of December, okay, so the Friday before Christmas 2023. And Peter Tula, who’s my colleague at the CIS, so Peter is the chief economist at CIS. He tweeted on the Friday that the fact that Treasury releases it late on Friday 22nd December suggests that it embarrasses somebody. So Peter was suggesting that this paper from the Treasury by Natasha Bradshaw, Nathan Deutsche and Lachlan vos, or vas, it’s titled The employment effects of job paper receipt, Peter suggesting it must be embarrassing someone. So what does it what’s embarrassing about it? So the main findings from it. So I’ll put a link in the show notes, you can check out what they’ve done. They’ve done some clever things with a, you know, a data set on businesses that where they can try to infer what’s actually going on, it’s rather clever paper. So check that out. Our findings suggest that at its height in early 2020, job keep it directly preserved between 300,000 to 700,000. Jobs. Right. Okay. So that’s, that’s reasonable. I mean, that’s, you know, if that if it was 700,000. And, you know, that could have pushed the unemployment rate up to near 10% or something, they’ve got an estimate of what then what that would have been, and put that in the show notes. So, you know, that’s a, that’s a big deal. But then if it’s only 300,000, well, okay, is that, you know, how effective was that? So I guess, maybe that’s something you could, you could say, justifies the cost of the programme, which was in the order of $100 billion or so that’s, you know, that’s something you could argue about. So, you know, I’d say somewhere between 300,000 to 700,000 jobs, that compares with around three and a half million employees covered by the scheme at its peak. So I think when the government was rolling it out, initially, it it was suggesting it could save something around, you know, 700,000 jobs or so. If it actually is about 300,000, then well, that makes you wonder, you know, was that good value for money? So maybe that’s something that they’re embarrassed about? I’m not sure. I mean, you could say Oh, well, hundreds of 1000s of jobs, maybe it was worth it. That would be their their argument. What could be the potentially embarrassing bit about the paper is a finding that is in the footnote. It’s a one of the footnotes. And this finding is it’s on page two suggestive evidence. That job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So they found suggestive evidence that job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So the effects are far smaller and less statistically significant than the positive effects found during early 2020. But are not implausible they could reflect income effects on labour force participation given job keep a lead to some workers having substantially higher incomes than they otherwise would have. Okay. So this is that point about these, you know, these part time workers getting all of this additional, additional cash so many, many casual workers would only be working part time, they would be, you know, they could be working in a bar or at a cafe, and they’re getting much more money than they would have expected. So they’ve got all this extra money in their bank accounts. And so what they do a year later, is, you know, for many of them, they go, okay, but there’s extra cash, maybe I don’t need to work as many hours at the bar or the cafe, I’m going to spend more time on my studies or, or on a hobby, or I’m going to go overseas. So that’s what they’re, they’re driving out there. So this is really illustrative of how you can have these unintended consequences with fiscal policy. So maybe that’s what’s what’s embarrassing about the paper. So check it out. I think it’s a good paper, it illustrates a neat little econometric technique that I might talk about in a future episode. Okay, so that’s, that’s plenty on job keeper, the payroll subsidy programme and the the challenges or the problems you have when you don’t design a programme properly, of course, they had to do it very quickly. Next time, let’s hope they have a much better design, if there is a next time hope there isn’t a next time. If there is it needs to be better designed. The second clip that I want to play from my chat with Tony is about infrastructure spending. So with job keeping, we were talking about this payroll subsidy and you know, often, often the fiscal stimulus comes in the form of cash payments to households or businesses with the payroll subsidy programme, which then had to be paid to the employees. Some fiscal stimulus comes in the form of infrastructure spending, public works, that sort of thing. And I think Tony’s right there, that can also be problematic, you’ve really got to think about that. And that is the topic of this second clip from tiny, so I will play that now.

Tony Makin  27:50

infrastructure spending can be beneficial. And it has lasting benefits. And what it does not do is deteriorate the government balance sheet, as does the spending on cash handouts and other forms of consumption related government stimulus. What infrastructure does is it creates an asset there on the government’s balance sheet that matches the borrowing, it still has to be funded by borrowing, we started with a budget deficit. So all of his extra spending has to be funded by borrowing. And so there’s an asset there, so the balance sheet won’t deteriorate, to the extent otherwise. But again, it needs to be quality spending, it needs to pass certain tests, the crude Keynesian idea would be again, just to spend on anything. And being holes in the ground, as you mentioned earlier, is a form of crude Keynesianism, which, which could well be sort of portrayed as a form of infrastructure spending if it’s working on the road somewhere. But the point about infrastructure spending is it does have to pass the test where the benefits the present value of the benefits of the project, exceed the costs. And one other point to make about infrastructure spending. And this is one feature of government spending, the Keynes instanced in his work originally right back in the 1930s, but he talked about Public Works, which is effectively what we call infrastructure today. But the difference between then and now when they talk about boosting infrastructure spending is that the nature of the workforce has changed dramatically. I mean, people these days, have certain skills. It’s a highly variegated work workforce, people doing different things. And the assumption in Keynes’s theory was you increase spending on public works, then you have workers easily transferred from jobs that they’ve lost places of employment where they used to be in factories and other areas of unskilled work and they can easily be transferred to, you know, working on the road, so to speak. But these days, that seems far fetched, because for instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees, and not wanting to be perhaps putting pink bats in ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at work. And there’s also I mean, there’s, there’s information costs there. There’s transactions costs, which which make the whole process a little bit trickier than than it sounds in terms of increasing employment.

Gene Tunny  31:08

Yeah, it’s not like it was in the 30s when you could get a whole bunch of unskilled or semi skilled workers, unemployed workers and have them carve out a walking track in the national park or something like that. Exactly. Right. Yeah, yeah. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  31:37

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  32:06

Now back to the show. Okay, so another really balanced and insightful clip from tiny. And one of the things Tony was talking about in this clip is Keynesianism, so the ideas associated with John Maynard Keynes, the great British economist, and there’s a particular I guess, a school of thought or there’s a crude Keynesianism often in the way that you know, some, some economists or well, not not many economists, I think most economists recognise the the limits of fiscal policies, the problem with too much discretionary policy with Hey, you got to be careful with it. But there are there still are some we could say crude Keynesians and in in politics, too, there are some people with these these crude Keynesian ideas and they become quite popular during times of crises. And you know, Tony was someone in Australia who was always, always pushing back against that crude Keynesian view and trying to explain what are the what are the potential offsetting impacts, you know, how can interest rates respond, exchange rate, what’s the response to fiscal stimulus and particularly in an open economy like Australia’s Okay, so I’ll play the next highlight in which Tony covers that. So,

Tony Makin  33:42

in the open economy, where you introduce capital flows, exports imports, exchange rates, and emphasising in particular the exchange rate, then you can have a counter model to crude Keynesianism and the best known approach is the so called Mundell Fleming model, which is which features in intermediate macro economics textbooks. And it really just builds upon the IS LM model that Hicks invented by introducing capital flows and exchange rates and net exports. So, listeners may well be familiar with with that model, but simply says that if you increase government spending, you’re going to increase the budget deficit there’s going to be more spending in the economy, but that for a given money supply is going to tend to push up domestic interest rates relative to foreign interest rates and that will induce capital inflow foreigners will be flooding into buy these bonds that are paying a slightly higher interest rate than in their own countries, and that capital inflow will appreciate the currencies. And we’re talking about a floating exchange rate here. And that appreciation will worsen competitiveness because in the short run, price levels are fixed. So a nominal appreciation will translate to a real appreciation. And that loss of competitiveness will crowd out net exports. And this is exactly what we saw. Post GFC. And I’ve written written on this. It’s part of the Treasury external paper. But the exchange rate appreciated massively. As the fiscal stimulus was being rolled out and just look at the national accounts, and you’ll see that the swing variable, there was net exports that went down due due to the loss of competitiveness. That’s, that’s one open economy perspective. And I think that model has been borne out empirically, with reference to Australia’s previous experience, post GFC.

Gene Tunny  36:10

Yeah, so I’ll put a link to that paper of yours, which I think was in agenda. And you also wrote a paper for the minerals Council. One thing which was what one thing that’s really interesting, tiny is that your original minerals Council paper was criticised by the Treasury Secretary, Dr. Martin Parkinson, my old boss at the time. But then a couple of years later, you wrote a paper for the Treasury under the new secretary, John Fraser, essentially, almost refuting what Dr. Pockets and wrote in that rather extraordinary refutation of your minerals Council paper.

Tony Makin  36:58

Yes, yes. It’s quite curious and evidence that economists disagree, even heads of treasury disagree and their economic thinking. So yes, Martin Parkinson issued a press release criticising my minerals Council paper, which was mostly about Australia’s competitiveness. It was not focused, essentially on fiscal policy. That was a part of it. But that’s what caught the criticism from Treasury. And then subsequent to that, when John Fraser Parkinson, successor became Treasury head, he commissioned me to write a paper for Treasury, and that is available from their website, Treasury, external paper where I elaborated on the aspects in the minerals Council paper about fiscal policy and and raise some of these issues about accounting models to to crude Keynesianism. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  37:58

It’s interesting, because I mean, we both worked for Treasury it at different times, though. And I remember the traditional Treasury view is that we have to be careful about fiscal policy because it could end up being destabilising is the open economy impacts that you’ve mentioned, there’s also the problem that you don’t know whether you’re intervening at the right time. The problem that, you know, the stimulus might come on when the economy is recovering anyway. And then it’s, you know, it’s not really necessary. So there are these lags involved. What happened, I think, during the GFC, or the global financial crisis, was that the Treasury people thought, and you know, the, the politicians Kevin Rudd, the Prime Minister, Wayne Swan, the Treasurer, they thought, well, we’ve got this huge shock coming from overseas, we’ve got to do something. So we’re just going to throw as much money at the problem as we can to save the economy. That seems to be the logic and know all of those old concerns about discretionary fiscal policy, what we call discretionary fiscal policy, as distinct from automatic stabilisers such as unemployment benefits, which increase during recessions or the fact that your tax revenues fall during recessions. That all view that discretionary fiscal policy is insensible. That was just thrown out the window. And we’re seeing it again now. So what do you do you have any views on why treasury? The Treasury line on fiscal policy has changed, Tony?

Tony Makin  39:35

Well, I think it’s become crude, Keynesian. And there’s another example that you hadn’t mentioned, and it was the response to the Asian financial crisis, which was also a major, a cataclysmic event at the time in terms of what happened to asset prices and, and we by then had been heavily dependent on the Asia Pacific For our for our trade, not so with the GFC. Because our trade with North North America, the North Atlantic region was minimal compared to Asia. And yet the responses were completely different. In the first instance, there was virtually no fiscal response, there was a strong monetary response, which allowed the exchange rate to stay at a highly depreciated level, which, which soars through that crisis, we didn’t experience a recession that time. And that was what was happening with the global financial crisis, the exchange rate collapse, not as much as it did during the Asian financial crisis. But the government of the day then panicked, reflecting the panic in the US, and by that time, interestingly, the International Monetary Fund had a change course. And it’s thinking it has traditionally been influenced by Chicago economists and had always highlighted in my time working there highlighted problems with activist fiscal policy, including the lags problem that you’ve you’ve mentioned, but there had been this major reversal of thinking at those levels. And the Australian government here, panicked as a consequence of the crisis where we did not where it should not have given that the banking system here didn’t collapse in the same way as it did. In the United States. I fully endorse the the underwriting of the system or the banking system at the time, but the fiscal stimulus was, was completely over the top in my view.

Gene Tunny  41:46

Okay, I really loved that clip of my chat with Tony about fiscal stimulus, I think the comparison he makes or the contrast he makes between how Australia responded to the Asian financial crisis, which as he knows, was a huge deal. Particularly in in Southeast Asia. I mean, it had huge impacts on a major Well, an important economy to the north of us, Indonesia, which, you know, country I’ve had a little bit to do with, particularly with their finance ministry. And it led to effectively to the overthrow of the Suharto regime that they had there. So huge, huge impacts in that region. And yet, Australia responded differently, as Tony was explaining, but by the time of the financial crisis, the thinking in in Treasury, and and also it was a government of a different political persuasion, too. So that may have had something to do with the response. Right. Okay. So we’ve talked about crude Keynesianism. The other thing? Oh, yes, one. One thing I want to mention here is that I’ve been talking about how there are these unintended consequences of fiscal policy that that we can see. And I think that was particularly the case with, with one of the packages that was part of the pandemic response here, which was home builder, which was this home builder grant to two people who were, you know, building or renovating a home. So they had a home builder grant there was about, I think it was two and a half billion dollars. I’ve got that in my notes. And it’s ended up having these, you know, a really adverse impact on the building sector now. So there was a really crisp report from this was on news.com.au. This was on Christmas Eve, Kassar building group collapses into liquidation receivership owing $3.7 million, Guzman and Gomez. So jiwaji sites impacted. And so it’s a nice little as well, you know, it’s not nice, but it’s a good illustration of these unintended consequences. So I’ll just read some, I’ll put it in the show notes. And I’ll just read. I’ll just read some of the main points because I think it does illustrate, you know, what can go wrong if you’re not thinking through what the consequences of your policies can be. So ASIC is the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. So that regulates companies here in Australia. So ASIC insolvencies, statistics show 2213 building companies collapsed during the 20 to 23. financial year, there was a 72% increase on the previous 12 months. The alarming trend has been blamed on a perfect storm of factors including fixed price contracts, escalating costs, supply chain disruptions and tradie shortages. So tradie that’s the what we call tradespersons here in Australia. I’m not sure if you use that term in other countries, if you’re in the state So the UK, for example, the previous Morison government’s home builder grant, which was introduced in June 2020, handed out $2.52 billion to owner occupiers who wanted to build a substantially renovated home it turbocharged the sector, more than 130,000 Customers signed on to the programme with many trainees agreeing to the work under fixed price contracts, it soon became unsustainable as prices began to soar. Okay, so there was this crowding out. And you know, the, the builders or the tradies, they were relying on supply, you know, whether, you know, they may, they may have had to subcontract to other trainees, or they may have been, you know, they may need to purchase the supplies, so plumbing supplies or timber, and they may have been thinking, Oh, well, we’ll just quote based on the prices at the moment. And then suddenly, there’s this additional demand a huge amount of additional demand, and their prices increase for all those input costs. And they’ve signed these contracts to do the work at a particular rate. And these jobs are no longer viable for them. And so now what we’re seeing is we’re seeing these these building companies and collapsing, they’re just going into, into receivership liquidation administration. Yep. So bad results from that. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to that really important piece of information there. This is my final clip from Tony, from my conversation with Tony that had in June 2020. It relates to the ongoing burden of the debt. So those interest payments that, you know, that takes money out of your budget, that’s money that you can’t spend on health and education, for example, and this is something that I think it’s not sufficiently appreciated by decision makers during times of crisis. Okay, so I think, you know, there’s, there’s this need to respond, there’s this, there’s this panic, we think this is, this is the big issue we’re going to deal with. Okay. Sure. Except I accept that. But I think decision makers really have to think more about the long term implications. Okay, because, you know, this, this crisis will pass, presumably, I mean, you don’t want to be, too, you know, obviously, we need to be realistic. But generally, these things will pass, we’ll get to the the other side of it. And I suppose we, we probably should have expected that we would get over this pandemic. I mean, it has been, it has been dreadful, and you know, lots of people have died from it. So I’m not willing to downplay it. But we should have thought that yep, there will be life after the pandemic, and there will be this ongoing burden. Okay. So let’s play the next clip, the final clip from Tony on debt. What do you see as the the problem with this is this buildup of debt isn’t there, and there’s the problem, we have to pay for it, or we have to service that debt and a lot of that money is going to go overseas. You’ve also mentioned the impact on economic growth. What evidence is there regarding the impact on economic performance and growth of a buildup of public debt, which is in Australia is easily going to exceed $1 trillion within a few years?

Tony Makin  48:31

Yes, well, there’s certainly going to be the impact on national income because there’ll be a pure drain from national income of the public interest paid abroad, and we’re talking about 10s of billions there that will just be subtracted from national income to service to service the debt that we will have and that that drain will likely exceed. If it’s a trillion dollar debt, it’s likely to be about eight times the foreign aid budget and a multiple of, of what’s spent on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme and, and a host of other other government programmes. So there’s going to be a direct impact there. But there’s been a number of elaborate econometric studies done. And you’ll find them in the literature. I won’t instance all the authors, but the IMF has done work on this. I’ve actually done had a paper published with a PhD student of mine, looking at Asian economies, and there seems to be a consensus empirically, that a 10% increase in public debt. Other things are saying well, contract, GDP growth, that’s conventionally defined GDP by point two of a percent. So that might not sound much but new compound that through it can be quite significant. After a few years.

Gene Tunny  49:55

What would be the mechanism there tiny would it be the fact that too due to service this debt, you might have to have taxes higher than otherwise. And these taxes, haven’t they lead to an efficiency loss. There’s an efficiency loss with taxation, because you’re discouraging people from working or investing. Could that be one of the mechanisms?

Tony Makin  50:15

Yeah, absolutely. The interest rate is going to play a play a role as well. But the there’s going to be a deadweight losses of the future taxes are going to harm future income. There’s no question about that. But also, there’s other studies have shown that the the the interest rate will will increase by seven basis points, or 1% increase in the public debt to GDP ratio tends to in these studies show that the interest rate tends to go up by about five basis points or up to five basis points. But the mechanism through tax is important, but also, through expectations, if you’ve got this big debt overhang, public debt overhang that’s going to affect expectations. And we can invoke Ricardo there in terms of what what he said for for households having to attend to to save more, but also firms and it’s not something that Ricardo instance, I think it’s important that investment investment is likely to be weak due to the uncertainty that business has about future tax liabilities in the face of an enormous public debt. And then lastly, there’s the impact on future generations that Thomas Jefferson, a founding father of the United States instance, and that the the future generations are going to have to pay for the repayment of the massive debt that’s that’s arisen due to the fiscal response. Yep.

Gene Tunny  52:02

Okay, so that was really interesting from tiny there. Now, some of that was the point he was making about expectations and what you call Ricardian equivalence, I think we’ll have to cover that in a future episode, because there’s a big controversy about that, and to what extent that actually, that actually happens. So, yeah, we’ll we’ll cover that in a future episode. The other stuff, you know, the, I think it’s the other points are really undeniable, really about the the interest burden of the debt and what that does the budget. So I think that’s, that’s well said, from tiny Okay, so that’s, that’s it from my conversation with Tony. What I’d like to do now is I like to play some clips from Alex Robson, who I mentioned before, Alex is out of the amazing Korea. He was an economic adviser to former Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull has been Australia’s ambassador to the OECD in Paris. And like me, he hails from Townsville in North Queensland. So yeah, I was really glad to catch up with Alex. Well, I wasn’t glad because it was a terrible event. But it was good that I could catch up with Alex after Tony’s passing to discuss Tony’s legacy. So here’s Alex on tinies legacy.

Alex Robson  53:38

I mean, in a closed economy, the assumption is you’ve got no capital inflows or outflows. And so the exchange rate then doesn’t really matter. So what Mondale and Fleming showed in the 60s Was that actually, if you just change that assumption, and then allow for the exchange rate to change, and capital inflows and outflows to occur, and that has been impacted by by imports and exports. And so with policy, say, for fiscal policy, you get this leakage into and out of exports and imports. And so if your sales are up, for example, boosting government spending or reducing taxes that will then have effects on interest rates, exchange rates and exports, so and then an open economy like Australia, that obviously matters quite a bit. And so the critical thing lever there that that changes, or you know, a lot of those predictions of the standard sort of pump priming model, we think about your government goes out and spends more money and has these multiplier effects and so on is this assumption of capital mobility and how it affects the exchange rate. And once you have that, you get a completely different predictions about the effectiveness of these different policy instruments. So and and Tony was always really good at just constantly reminding people of this and and I think it’s the tend to be something which was taught. It’s been taught, obviously, in universities for a long time, but it didn’t seem to quite make it into the, into the policymakers sort of calculus in in in Canberra. And so that was just one of Tony’s big things was just to remind people and of that. And I think, you know, I mean, we saw that during the GFC. With respect to exports, we saw it with respect to the exchange rate, there were big changes going on. And the point is that, you know, Australia is affected by everything else that’s going on in the world. And that’s why places like the OECD and IMF are always talking about coordinating fiscal policy, because, you know, otherwise, you get these leakages across across countries, and you may not get the impacts that you’re trying to achieve.

Gene Tunny  55:50

Okay, and here’s the second clip from Alex. So my conversation with Alex, I

Alex Robson  55:56

mean, thinking about, he had a good mix of very good technical economic skills. I mean, he wasn’t a heavily mathematical person, but he did use those tools when he needed them. And, but also very much an applied focus to policy questions of the day that that mattered. And it wasn’t something where he, you know, there’d be a policy issue. And so I’m now going to think about that. It was, you know, he’d been thinking about these things for a long time. And then when they tended to come up again, and again, he was ready with the arguments that he divided, quite a lot of thought to. So it was wasn’t like he was sort of chasing these different policies. She was, I think he just spent a career thinking about the big macro topics. And they just come back again and again, in Australia. And and it was we were fortunate, I think, to have him as a voice during these tumultuous times in the big macro debates of the 90s. And then during the GFC. And then more recently, as well, yeah, I think, yeah, thinking about his career, it was a good mix of contributions to the academic literature, technical skills, but then also translating that into policy commentary and advice that really stood him apart from a lot of economists today.

Gene Tunny  57:10

Okay, so we’ve come to the end of the episode. I think that the experience of many economies over the last couple of years has provided validation for the criticisms of fiscal policy of activist fiscal policy that came from economists such as the late Tony makin. The takeaway from this episode is that fiscal stimulus packages need to be very carefully designed and limited in their size, if you are going to implement them. There’s a legitimate argument that they’re best avoided altogether, but I would reserve the right to use them in some cases. And even Tony did suggest that there may have been justification was something like Job keeper, but a more targeted in better designed version of it. Okay, so, to wrap up, it’s really pleased me to be able to go back into the archives and to to find these great highlights from my conversation with tiny, tiny making. He was the leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy and Australia for for many years, and he is sorely missed. Thanks for listening. rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

59:20

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Do central banks stabilize or destabilize economies? w/ Addison Wiggin, NYT-bestselling-author – EP196

The episode delves into the effectiveness of monetary policy by central banks in managing the economy over the business cycle. Do the actions of central banks stabilize or destabilize economies? Show host Gene Tunny chats with Addison Wiggin, a bestselling author, market economist, and host of the Wiggin Sessions podcast, about monetary policy and financial crises. Addison also shares some reflections on the US debt ceiling drama. This is part 2 of the conversation Gene held with Addison in early June 2023, the first part of which was released as EP192 on the US banking crisis. 
Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

About this episode’s guest: Addison Wiggin

Three-time New York Times best-selling author, Addison Wiggin, is a 30-year market economist with a passion for the real-world impact of financial markets on our lives. Addison is the author and host of The Wiggin Sessions, a podcast that connects key thinkers and industry experts for a deep dive into history, politics, and economics. Some of his most accomplished works as a writer, publisher, and filmmaker include the New York Times Best Seller The Demise Of The Dollar and the documentary I.O.U.S.A, an exposé on the national debt crisis in America.

What’s covered in EP196

  • How is it that the US dollar can be the reserve currency of the world? (2:37)
  • Why not just accept that the business cycle is a thing and not do anything about it? (7:25)
  • Minsky’s instability thesis. (11:42)
  • The debt ceiling is just political theater. (16:52)
  • Central bankers and economists thought we’d solve the problem of business cycle management. (21:29)
  • How monetary policy was determined during the Gold standard era (25:06)
  • When the Federal Reserve presided over the contraction of the US money supply as multiple banks failed, the money supply fell 30% from 1930 to 1933. (30:17)
  • What does all this mean in the current context? (35:54)
  • Central banks need to choose wisely and they need some methodology to do so. (41:23)

Links relevant to the conversation

Part 1 of Gene’s conversation with Addison:https://economicsexplored.com/2023/06/18/exploring-the-us-banking-crisis-with-addison-wiggin-ep192/
US Federal Reserve on what happened to monetary policy during the Great Depression, “From the fall of 1930 through the winter of 1933, the money supply fell by nearly 30 percent.”:
https://www.federalreservehistory.org/essays/great-depression
Episode with Stephen Kirchner in April 2022 in which the “lean versus clean” debate was discussed:
https://economicsexplored.com/2022/04/20/nominal-gdp-targeting-w-stephen-kirchner-ep135/
Till Time’s Last Sand: A History of the Bank of England by David Kynaston:
https://www.amazon.com.au/Till-Times-Last-Sand-1694-2013/dp/1408868563

Transcript:
Do central banks stabilize or destabilize economies? w/ Addison Wiggin, NYT-bestselling-author – EP196

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then checked over by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, to pick out any clangers that otters sometimes miss. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning in to this show. In this episode, I chat about monetary policy and financial crises with Addison Wiggin, The New York Times bestselling author, market economist and host of the Wiggin Sessions podcast. This is part of the conversation that I had with Addison in early June 2023. I broadcast the bulk of that conversation in an episode on the US banking crisis a few weeks ago. But this bit I’ve held back I held it back to this episode, because I wanted to have more time to reflect and comment on the excellent points that Addison makes in this segment. Please stick around until after my conversation with Addison for some additional thoughts from me on the issues. I should note that this conversation that we have about monetary policy, it was triggered by an observation that I made about recent market movements in the Australian dollar in early June 2023. So my observations about the exchange rate are dated. But the discussion which follows is evergreen. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Addison Wiggin.

It’s interesting how markets react Yeah, it’s just, we just had this situation where because we had this surprise, monthly inflation number, and then we had the minimum wage decision or the award wage decision yesterday, then the markets go oh that makes it more likely that the central bank here the Reserve Bank will increase the cash rate. And so what we’re seeing now is that the dollar has appreciated against the US. So it was going down, it was going down to below 65 cents US and now it’s back up to around 66. Yeah, it’s funny how…


Addison Wiggin  02:37

And that’s one thing that I wanted to point out, because I think it’s it’s a concept that a lot of people either have trouble with, but in this book, I so I’m going to hold up the book again, because I think it’s worth the read. It’s pretty short. And my son helped me write it for millennials. So it’s like a quick read. But I was trying to wrap my head around, how is it that the dollar can be the reserve currency of the world? Meaning it’s the place where people, other banks and like big corporations hold their asset value? And how can we have that at the same that gives the United States a massive amount of advantage globally, when making trade deals, and whatever selling guns to go shoot Russians or whatever, whatever people want to do, we can do that, at the same time that we have inflation domestically, because there’s a difference between the reserve currency of the world which, you know, the Central Bank of Australia is going to is going to make deals with the Federal Reserve. Like that is an exchange trade thing. Or if I don’t know if Apple wants to open a plant in Brisbane or something like those exchanges happen in US dollars. And a lot of the commodities that Australia exports are priced in dollars, gold, and their earths and copper, like those things, they’re all priced in dollars. So there’s a tremendous advantage for the for the US economy that we have the reserve currency of the world, but at the same time, we have a payment currency, which is the stuff that we buy eggs in or we finance our homes or, or we take out loans to put our kids through school, whatever, that you can have massive inflation in that at the same time that the stability of the reserve currency. You know, you were talking about a penny between, it used to be five now it’s six or six like it’s pretty, pretty stable, globally. It’s a freaking nightmare at home when they can’t figure out how to slow prices down or the bizarre thing that we were just talking about. They want people to they want the unemployment and the jobs number rate to go up, but they actually want that to be the result of slowing the economy.


Gene Tunny  05:00

Well, yeah, I mean, they want a sustainable rate of economic growth and you want to avoid the overheating economy, you want to avoid the, the huge boom and followed by the, the big bust. And that’s a concern. I mean, in Australia what we’ve had because particularly because in a combination of the massively generous pandemic response, I mean, just like nothing that was just ever expected. And I mean, incredibly generous to, particularly to small business people, and also to welfare recipients who had their, if you’re on the Jobseeker you had that doubled, compared with what it was before, for maybe six months to a year. And there’s all this and people were allowed to pull money out of their retirement savings, their superannuation, their compulsory super, so there’s all this extra money. And I mean, the boom we had was just incredible. And unemployment nationally got down to three and a half percent. And I mean, I never thought it would go below four, like we we thought full employment in Australia was around, or the natural, the non accelerating inflation rate of unemployment or natural rate of unemployment, we thought it was around 5%. And then suddenly, it’s got unemployment rates got down to three and a half percent never thought we’d see it. Cutting off immigration was possibly part of that for a time. But the idea is to try and set the interest rate so that the economy doesn’t get on, I mean, you know, this, it doesn’t end up in that boom bust cycle or that or it’s not as amplified as it as it would be, if you…


Addison Wiggin  06:33

Yeah, so that I my issue with that is that they that’s that was the idea of lowering interest rates for as long as they did is that they wanted to mitigate the boom bust cycle. They wanted to use the tools that they had from history to figure out a way to mitigate the booms, but also mitigate the busts, they wanted to like level the whole thing out. And look what happened, we had a pandemic. And then we had, we had to throw a bunch of money at citizens, and then they saved it, the savings rate went higher than the credit rate at one point on each money. And then as soon as the market I mean, as soon as the economy started opening again, it plummeted all the way to the lowest rates, we saw the the fastest rate of disposable income drop, since 1933. It just went whoo bump. Like they did anything but mitigate the business cycle. In, in my view, I mean, I’m just a guy who studies and writes about it and talks about it write books about it, whatever. But in my view, why not just accept that the business cycle is a thing and not do anything about it? Let, let credit go to the market price that is this, it’s designed to go to, don’t have a central bank that is trying to manipulate overnight rates so that their buddies on Wall Street can get, can keep funding their projects and stuff. It messes with the natural cycle of booms and busts. And that’s what I honestly believe would would do away with these kinds of massive inflationary cycles that we go through, or the opposite, which they’re really afraid of, which is a deflationary period where they can’t sell anything, and the economy just falls apart. That’s what happened in the 30s. I’ve been reading a lot recently about what’s going on, what went on in the 30s. And that’s when we got all these regulatory agencies, it’s probably about the time that Australia started enacting its own financial regulatory systems too. They don’t help. And in fact, they’re always late and they’re always wrong. So it’s like, they’re not mitigating the business cycle. And they’re not actually helping anyone be more honest and truthful in the marketplace. It’s it’s politics, and it’s nastiness. And nothing actually, like they’re not achieving anything. And I’m costing, casting a wide net here because I’m talking about regulatory agencies within the financial network, like we’ve got the SEC, we’ve got the FTC, we’ve got the CFTC, there’s a bunch of lawyers out there trying to stop people from doing anything under the guise that they can mitigate the boom and bust cycle, and that’s just the natural order of things. That’s capitalism. Let’s, let’s go. That’s the way I look at it.


Gene Tunny  09:44

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.


Female speaker  09:49

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  10:19

Now back to the show.

Yeah, look, I think there’s, I think some of the fine tuning they’re doing or if that’s the right term, I think there’s there is a concern that some of it may actually be contributing to the instability of the economy. I, I think that’s right. What Bernanke would argue is that if he hadn’t, so if we go back to say, ’08, I mean, he would argue in, you know, Paulson and Tim Geithner, they would argue that if they hadn’t done what they did, or some variation of it, you could have had a rerun of the 1930s. And you could have had unemployment of 20%, or something, or whatever you saw during the Depression. I don’t know to what extent that’d occur, but that’s what their argument would be. Yeah, it’s a it’s it’s something I’ve been thinking about. I mean, I don’t really know the answer myself. I am concerned like you that a lot of the actions that they’ve taken have contributed ultimately contributed to instability rather than making things more stable.


Addison Wiggin  11:26

Yeah, well, let me go back to Hyman Minsky who was writing in the 50s. And he was mostly describing what he read, he lived through the 30s. And then when he was an adult, he was a professor, I think, at MIT. And he was talking about, like, his area of study was the 1930s. And he studied like Schumpeter, and those guys who were writing during that time, Garet Garrett is another one that I’ve been sort of fascinated with. Because as we’re moving through our own like situation, the the stuff that I read, sounds like it was written yesterday, but it was written in like 1932, or whatever. So Minsky’s idea was the longer you have a period of stability, the stability, it, it’s actually called the Minsky Instability Theory, that the longer you have periods of stability, the more mistakes get made, and the inevitability of a crash is going to happen. So artificially creating periods of stability by lowering interest rates, or by keeping them low for longer than the market demands, or by incentivizing the couple of the things that were talking about before 2018, were alternative energy, and areas of the market that had been underserved by the regular stock market, they were passing political motives, or political policies that encouraged, you know, wind and whatever, I wish they had gone into nuclear at that time, but they failed, they missed on that one. But there was a lot of money going into areas of the market that that weren’t rewarded by a return on equity, like money that was put in was not rewarded. And so there was a shit tonne of money going into areas of the market that didn’t deserve it for a long period of time. And so the Minsky instability thesis is that when you do that, for a long period of time, there’s people make mistakes, they don’t, they don’t get punished by the market, that’s a kind of a harsh way to say it. But they don’t, they don’t lose their money, they get rewarded for making bad mistakes that are based on policy. And if that goes on long enough, when you have to clean up the mess after that, which is what Powell has been trying to do, it’s hard to figure out what Powell even thinks, but when you have to clean up the mess, then all of those mistakes that were based on false premises. They come to light in that, like if you’re watching anything of the financial news, currently, that’s each headline is about the mistakes that were made in like 2015 or 2018. Or what the hell happened during the pandemic. Like we’re still cleaning up that mess and we don’t know, a way forward other than this debate of whether the Fed is going to lower either pause or lower rates again, like that’s the only tool they have. They will they have two tools, they have one, they can lower rates and then other central banks around the world will follow. Or they can engage in another round of QE and support specific industries. Like I think we’re gonna see a heavy push either later this year or early next year to support in industries that are trying to develop new technology for cleaner energy, just because there’s so much private equity going into that space right now. That when they start losing money as they have been, there’s going to be a push for government to step in and bail them out.


Gene Tunny  15:24

Right, okay, even though, I mean you, you’ve just you’ve narrowly averted a debt default, haven’t you? And they’re going to have to have some cuts in discretionary spending. So yeah, I guess, yeah, maybe they’ll find some way to do it. But the


Addison Wiggin  15:39

let’s let’s talk about the debt default for just a second. It’s so absurd. Like, I’m like just a citizen of the United States. I grew up here. My dad is mildly conservative. I don’t really give a shit about politics at all, because I mostly think that they’re talking out of one side of their mouths, and then they’re making deals behind doors somewhere else, right. So the idea that we have a debt ceiling came about because Congress used to have to justify all of their spending every year, they had to, once they pass the budget, they had to like stand up and say, We want to spend money on this highway to do this, or this pipeline to do that, or whatever. They had to justify it. But when we went into the very expensive wars that we’ve been involved in World War One, World War Two, Korean War, war on poverty, war on drugs, war in Vietnam, war in Afghanistan, that’s our longest one, like you can’t justify spending that hasn’t happened yet. So they put the debt ceiling in place in 1960. Saying that, well, you can just spend money on whatever you want. But it can’t go above this amount. And 78 times now, I think it’s 79. Now that they’ve just reached a new deal, they’ve had to raise the debt ceiling since 1960. Like, the whole concept of a debt ceiling is just political theatre and it’s not even a useful tool to anyone. It just makes people anxious. I actually started watching the market. I was like, When is this gonna start impacting the market May 18. Nothing in the financial news. Like the banking crisis got wiped off the headlines, which I think is still sustaining right now. We’re gonna see more banks fail. And people other than the NVIDIA boost that we got last week, when AI started grabbing all the tech people’s attention, the markets were just trending slower and slower, lower, like, they were just kind of trending now. And everybody was waiting for Kevin McCarthy and Joe Biden, to come to an agreement. That’s it, it was like really boring. And all they were trying to do is figure out how much they’re going to pay their defence contractors, their buddies who make weapons to send to Ukraine, and that’s literally all they were talking about, one of the things they were talking about is the Republicans wanted work requirements for food stamps. And the Democrats didn’t want that. They just wanted people to get food stamps. And then there was a third one that was a pipeline from West Virginia to Virginia and the Democratic Senator Manchin, Manchin, wanted it to go through and the Democratic senator from Virginia didn’t want it to go through because his constituents, it was going to go through their farms, and they didn’t want it to go through their flocks. The details that they were fighting over were minuscule compared to that $31.4 trillion debt ceiling that they were arguing about. It’s all politics. It’s meaningless, and it’s it’s a charade that comes up and they supposedly put a cap on it for two years, but I’m gonna guess they’re gonna spend more than they agreed to. And we’ll be in this boat again next year or, or in 2025.

Gene Tunny  19:16

Yeah, because you’ve still got the problem of the unsustainability a lot of the the automatic spending really the


Addison Wiggin  19:24

Oh, yeah, that wasn’t even, that was off the table from the beginning. They’re like, Yeah, of course, they Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid and all that. We’re gonna pay that and that is adjusted according to the inflation rate, which earlier this year or late in 2022, it was 9% so that the adjustments were already baked in.


Gene Tunny  19:51

So unless they’re gonna do something about that, or you know, the alternative is to actually increase tax revenue, but no one wants to do that. And so if you not gonna do do that, then you do have to tackle those entitlement programmes. And again, you know, Donald Trump says, I’m not going to touch them. And so the other GOP people, they’re probably not going to do it want to do anything about it?


Addison Wiggin  20:12

It’s kind of ridiculous because one of two, or actually, both of two things need to happen. And I’m like, Libertarian, I don’t I I’m not, I don’t even vote. So for me to say this is like, I’m just talking about the economics, not the political side of things, but they need to raise taxes. And they have to cut spending, there’s no way out of this any other way, unless they can get a bunch of dumb ass central banks around the world to keep funding our debt by buying bonds. Like that’s, it’s just like, if, if I tried to teach this to a, you know, a class of like third graders, they would be like, those don’t make sense, like we can’t spend more than you take in and you have to borrow it from people who don’t like you. Pretty obvious that it’s unsustainable. And yet we tell ourselves day by day, week by week, month by month, year by year that we can do this forever.


Gene Tunny  21:24

Okay, I hope you found that informative and enjoyable. I think Addison made some great points about the effectiveness of monetary policy. At times, it may well have contributed to economic instability. Prior to the 2008 financial crisis, central bankers and many economists had thought we’d solved the problem of business cycle management. Inflation targeting policies were seen as contributing to the period known as the Great Moderation with low inflation and less volatile economies. But as we know, now, the victory was short lived. The fundamental problem of business cycle management has not been solved. It’s possible inflation targeting central banks, they didn’t pay enough attention to the financial risks that were building up in economies. They were too willing to cut rates to shore up financial markets with a view to preventing a wider panic which could cause a recession. There was the so called Greenspan put, named after Alan Greenspan, who chaired the Federal Reserve from 1987 to 2006. It was called the Greenspan put through a comparison to a put option in financial markets. So that’s an option, which allows the owner of stocks to lock in a certain price at which they can sell the stock in the future. There was a view in financial markets that Greenspan would intervene to shore up stock prices so they wouldn’t fall too much. Arguably, this created a moral hazard and encouraged excessive risk-taking in financial markets. So monetary policy could actually have been destabilising. I should note, there is an active debate on the extent to which and whether the central bank should intervene with a view to avoiding the accumulation of financial market risks. So this is the so called Lean versus Clean debate that I discussed with Steven Kirschner in Episode 135 in April 2022. So please check out that episode if you haven’t listened to it yet. I will put a link to it in the show notes. There’s no doubt that the monetary policy actions of Central banks can have significant impacts on economic activity, whether on the whole they are stabilising or destabilising is difficult to assess. In the 60s and 70s, Milton Friedman argued that the best thing for central banks to do would be to adopt a money supply growth rule, so committing to growing the money supply by a certain percent each year. This turned out to be easier said than done and Friedman’s approach known as monetarism was widely seen as a failure. We might come back to monetarism in a future episode for a closer look at how it was implemented and what went wrong. There’s a fascinating story there. The key point is that there’s been a an active debate for decades on the right way to conduct monetary policy and various approaches have been tried. We we’re still grappling for the right approach. The challenge is that central banks need some Northstar for setting monetary policy. So whether it’s inflation targeting or nominal GDP targeting, the latter being something that Stephen Kirchner advocated for in that discussion I had with him last year. It’s no longer as easy as it was during the gold standard, for instance. So if we look back to that period in history. In a 1908 speech to his Manchester constituents, Winston Churchill, who was then the President of the UK Board of Trade, he explained how the gold standard guided the hand of the Bank of England in setting its monetary policy rate, known as the bank rate. If England buys from America or Germany, more than she intends to buy having regard to our own productions, instantly, there is a cause for the shipment of bullion, that is gold, and bullion is shipped to supply the deficiency, then the bank rate is put up in order to prevent the movements of bullions. And the rise of the bank rate immediately corrects and arrests the very trade, which has given rise to this disparity. That quotes from David Kynaston’s excellent history of the Bank of England. Till time’s last sand, if I remember correctly, I’ll put a link to that book in the show notes. So if you want to get a copy of it, you can find it on Amazon. It’s a terrific read, and lots of great history in there. And yes, that quote from Churchill, is in there. So as the quote from Churchill suggests, setting the bank rate, or the federal funds rate in the age of the gold standard, would have been much simpler. Now, that’s not necessarily an endorsement of the gold standard as that system had its problems and economists such as I think it was Eichengreen, Barry Eichengreen have argued that the gold standard ended up contributing to the Great Depression. So there’s a, there’s a big debate around that, that we probably don’t have time to go into now. Going back to the gold standard, isn’t realistic. I’m just making the point here that in history, when there was a gold standard, it was more obvious what should be done with the monetary policy rate, the bank rate in the UK, the federal funds rate in the United States, or the cash rate in Australia. So we’re no longer in that era of the gold standard or even Bretton Woods, the era of fixed exchange rates, which ended in the early 1970s. And because of that, it’s much less obvious what should be done with with these policy interest rates of central banks, so we’re still trying to figure that out. Econometric evidence is only so convincing so any econometric evidence on which monetary policy regime might be more effective than others, which one might have lower inflation and lower economic volatility measured by the volatility of GDP, for example, it’s only going to be so convincing, it’s not going to convince everyone that there’s just so many influences on the economy, that it’s just very difficult to determine whether any particular policy, whether it’s making the impact, the size of the impact, it’s difficult to know what would happen in the absence of a specific monetary policy change. It’s difficult to know what the right counterfactual is so we can’t run controlled experiments in macro economics, there’s no, we can’t treat the economy like a laboratory in which we can test alternative monetary policy so we’re left with questions that are difficult, if not impossible to answer. For instance, what would have happened if the Fed hadn’t intervened so aggressively during the financial crisis or the pandemic? Would we have had repeats of the Great Depression? That was what the policymakers that was what the central bankers were worried about. Look, it’s hard to know there are many factors to consider, for instance, is fiscal policy fiscal policy is is set in a much better way in the post war era than it was during the depression or before that. We have automatic stabilisers in the budget such as progressive taxation and unemployment benefits and they can help prevent economic activity from collapsing and so therefore, there may be less case for an aggressive monetary policy response. So there are other things to consider it’s a very difficult question to answer. Regarding times of economic crisis we could ask, was aggressive monetary policy, so an aggressive monetary policy stimulus was that required, so was it required, or instead, did we simply need a monetary policy that didn’t make things worse. So there is an argument that the Great Depression was caused by bad monetary policy. When the Federal Reserve presided over the contraction of the US money supply as multiple banks failed. The US money supply fell nearly 30%, from 1930 to 1933. So that’s a statistic that you can find on the US Federal Reserve website. I’ll put a link in the show notes. As Ben Bernanke admitted to Milton Friedman in 2002. Regarding the Great Depression, we did it. We’re very sorry. We won’t do it again. That was Bernanke responding to the strong argument that Milton Friedman and Anna Schwartz made in their famous monetary history of the United States from the early 60s. It only took the Federal Reserve 40 years to to admit they agreed with Friedman on that. Now, if you do have a, an emergency, a major economic crisis, then look, the arguably there is scope for a monetary policy response, most economists, the large majority of economists would accept that there has to be some sort of central bank policy response, and probably even a stimulus of some kind, although there’d be debates on just how much that should be and how large it should be. One of the problems I think we’ve been we’ve had recently is that the well, the monetary policy response during the COVID period, when combined with the fiscal policy response was just massive, and it’s been massively destabilising. And it contributed to a very strong recovery, I mean, massive, massively. A very strong recovery in excess of anything that we really expected. And that’s contributed to the inflation that we’re experiencing that that we’re seeing in the United States and the UK and Australia. It’s, it’s what’s happening in Ukraine, of course, but it’s also a lot of it to do with just that, you know, the after effects of that massive fiscal and monetary policy response. So unintended consequences of of that, that policy response. So look, I think economists would accept that there is scope for some stimulus, some response in the face of a massive shock, adverse shock like that, but it looks like it was really over done. And then there’s the issue of just what central banks should do. Outside of these major crises just in the sort of normal course of events or the over the course of the business cycle, to what extent they, they should be actively managing interest rates, trying to control the money supply, trying to influence the course of the economy. There’s a big debate over that, this idea of fine tuning. Now, when I was studying in the early 90s, when I was at uni, the leading macroeconomics textbook at the time was, well it was called macro economics. It was by professors at MIT. So very famous professors Rudiger Dornbusch, and Stanley Fischer. I think Stan Fischer went on to be the governor of the Central Bank of Israel, if our if I remember correctly, he was a former Vice Chair of the Federal Reserve, and he served as the eighth governor of the Bank of Israel, from 2005 to 2013 so very distinguished economist, and what he wrote with Rudiger Dornbusch, in that textbook, they wrote that in discussing the desirability of activist, monetary and fiscal policy, we want to distinguish between policy actions taken in response to major disturbances in the economy. So, I was just talking about that earlier when we think about incidents like COVID or the financial crisis, or the depression. So there, so back to the quote. So in discussing the desirability of activist monitors monetary and fiscal policy, we want to distinguish between policy actions taken in response to major disturbances in the economy. and fine tuning in which policy variables are continually adjusted in response to small disturbances in the economy, we see no case for arguing that monetary and fiscal policy should not be used actively in the face of major disturbances to the economy. Fine tuning presents more complicated issues. The case for fine tuning is a controversial one. I think that’s a good summary of how economists think about monetary and fiscal policy as well, that was written in the early 90s but I think that is still a good summary of, of what the consensus would be. So what, what Dornbusch and Fischer were getting at in terms of the problems with with fine tuning, they’re thinking about the problem there is that you’re not sure whether a particular shock to the economy, is it permanent? Is it transitory? Is this just a normal part of the business cycle, and therefore, you shouldn’t really react to it. There’s also there’s the issue of of lags in policymaking, it can take time to recognise disturbances in the economy, then can take time to implement policy and for that, to have an impact on the the economy. So there are these lags, which complicate macro economic policy. And they mean that the case for having an activist policy, so trying to be clever in how you’re setting interest rates and making these fine adjustments to interest rates. It does make you wonder, just the extent to which we can do that the extent to which our policymakers will get that right, and won’t actually contribute to instability in the economy, which I think is a significant risk. What does all this mean, in the current context? Well, it probably would have meant after we got out of the, the emergency period during COVID, and it was clear that the economy was recovering very strongly. And inflation was a risk, I think, thinking about this, all these points that, that I’ve been discussing here, I think, possibly central bank should have increased interest rates much faster, they should have got them up to perhaps what you might call a neutral rate, or a bit higher than a neutral rate much more quickly than they did. And then leaving them there and not not adjusting them every month or every couple of months, depending on how various economic variables are tracking. I mean, it gets a it gets very difficult to, to do that, and to be sure that you’re making the right judgement. So perhaps that’s one, that could be an interpretation of what central banks could have done if they recognised that this whole approach and fine tuning so to speak, is is not really optimal. I think it’s an open question. I’m not necessarily saying that I’m not saying okay, this would have been the right approach that there isn’t, there isn’t still the potential to fine tune the economy, there may well be, but it’s not clear that some other approach may not be superior. And so therefore, I don’t think you can actually reject the hypothesis or reject the argument that these frequent adjustments of policy interest rates, they could actually contribute to economic instability. We, I think that’s, that’s a question economists should be thinking more about. So there are certainly real examples of where the monetary policy response as part of a fine tuning approach was probably excessive, and it sent the economy into recession. The example I always come back to is the early 1990s recession in Australia, which was arguably deeper than it should have been, much deeper. The unemployment rate went up to around 11% in 1992, our central bank, the Reserve Bank, increased interest rates to around 17 to 18% to slow down the economy so in Australia, we had this colossal boom in the 80s. It was the age of the entrepreneur. And there was a lot of investment particularly in commercial property. And the central bank intervened aggressively, it was also worried about the balance of payments, the it was worried about the current account deficit. And it thought that very tight monetary policy was justified. And at the time, they thought, Oh, well, the economy can handle this, they did their economic modelling the Treasury and the RBA, they were forecasting a soft landing for the economy, it turned out to be the worst downturn since the Great Depression. So when I think of that incident, I’m always reminded of just how difficult it is to fine tune the economy, so to speak, and, and looking back on it that early 90s recession, it happened when I was in high school, and it was something that really made me interested in economics. And it made me actively think about studying economics and, and even eventually becoming an economist. So that was one of the incidents that that stimulated my interest in economics for sure. Okay, so we’re going to start wrapping up this afterword. Central banks, they do need to set policy rates, so they’re at the centre of the monetary system, they can control the amount of liquidity in the overnight money market. So in the cash market, as we call it, in Australia. And that ends up setting the benchmark for interest rates across the economy. So central banks are playing a very important role in our monetary system in our, in our payment system in our financial markets. They need to choose wisely. And they need some methodology to do so. So whether it’s set and forget, some sort of set and forget methodology or some type of rule, whether it’s inflation targeting, nominal GDP targeting, some other method, they need something to help guide their decision making. And we still haven’t figured out what that should be. So for a while, we thought that inflation targeting was the right methodology but that’s imperfect, we’ve learned. Some critics of inflation targeting they argue, it’s given us too much financial instability. Other critics come at it from another direction, they argue central banks, they actually didn’t fully follow the inflation targeting policy, it hasn’t been properly implemented. So they would argue that central banks should have had looser monetary policy during the 2010s so that they could have got the inflation rate up. So it got into the target range. And, and they would argue that what we ended up getting was lower growth, lower employment, higher rates of unemployment than otherwise. So we’ve got criticisms of inflation targeting for a variety of reasons. So it looks like it hasn’t. It hasn’t lived up to the promise it, it’s been imperfect. Okay, in summary, there’s still an active debate over how to conduct monetary policy when it comes to fine tuning the economy. It’s possible that at times central banks have actually contributed to economic instability. We can’t say definitively one way or another, whether their policy actions have been stabilising or destabilising on average. I think that’s fair to say. That’s my interpretation of things. If you’ve got a different view, then please let me know. I would love to hear from you. I think that central banks are trying to do the best they can, I mean arguably, they have helped prevent a rerun of the Great Depression at at certain times, particularly in 2008, you could probably argue that actions by the Federal Reserve, in particular did help prevent a much more severe downturn, although that was a very bad downturn already. But look, outside of those sort of incidents, I guess maybe during COVID, the assistance was was was definitely some assistance was needed but then they overdid it, and now we’re suffering from the high inflation. So look, possibly they do some good in times of crisis, but then, in other times, it’s hard to know they could actually be destabilising. This is one of these issues where it’s difficult to read the evidence. And it’s, it’s unclear, and we’re still trying to figure things out. So that’s not a great answer. But that’s my understanding of what the evidence and the theory tells us at the moment. So yep, if you’ve got a different view, let me know. So any thoughts you have on what Addison or I had to say in this episode, please get in touch. You can email me via contact@economicsexplored.com. Thanks for listening.

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.


45:45

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this. To begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Categories
Podcast episode

The Paradox of Debt w/ Richard Vague, ex-Sec. of Banking & Securities, Pennsylvania – EP195

Economics Explored host Gene Tunny chats with Richard Vague, a prominent American businessman and investor, about his new book, “The Paradox of Debt: A New Path to Prosperity Without Crisis.” Richard, who has previously written about “The Case for a Debt Jubilee”, shares powerful insights into the benefits and drawbacks of debt, discussing how it can help grow household wealth while also promoting economic instability and rising inequality. He also offers thought-provoking ideas for helping households and businesses manage and reduce their debts. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

Note: this episode was recorded in mid-June 2023, i.e. before the Supreme Court decision regarding student loan relief, which is why the decision isn’t mentioned in this conversation. 

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

About this episode’s guest: Richard Vague

Richard Vague served most recently as Secretary of Banking and Securities for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the author of The Paradox of Debt (2023), The Case for a Debt Jubilee (2021), A Brief History of Doom (2019), and The Next Economic Disaster (2014), Richard Vague established himself as a clear and independent voice in the ongoing conversation about the role of private sector debt in the global economy.

What’s covered in EP195

  • [00:04:39] Debt and the global financial crisis. 
  • [00:11:23] Debt always grows faster than the economy, Richard argues.
  • [00:12:53] Increased debt and higher net worth. 
  • [00:17:23] Paradox of debt and inequality. 
  • [00:23:01] Type one and type two debt. 
  • [00:28:50] Regional banking crisis in the US. 
  • [00:32:13] The paradox of debt: summary. 
  • [00:35:10] Debt forgiveness in the private sector. 
  • [00:41:43] Debt restructuring in banking. 
  • [00:47:48] A win-win-win solution. 
  • [00:49:53] Massive job training as something Richard would like to see.

Links relevant to the conversation

Where you can buy Richard’s new book The Debt Paradox: A New Path to Prosperity Without Crisis:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Paradox-Debt-Prosperity-Without-Crisis/dp/1512825328

Richard’s previous book The Case for a Debt Jubilee:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Case-Debt-Jubilee-Richard-Vague/dp/1509548734

Gene’s conversation with Allen Morrison about the Enterprise China model which he mentions this episode:

https://economicsexplored.com/2022/12/26/enterprise-china-what-western-businesses-need-to-know-w-prof-allen-morrison-ep171/

Transcript:
The Paradox of Debt w/ Richard Vague, ex-Sec. of Banking & Securities, Pennsylvania – EP195

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then looked at by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, to correct anything an otter might miss. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning into the show. This episode I chat with Richard Vague about his new book, The Paradox of Debt, a new path to prosperity without crisis. Richard Vague is a prominent American businessman and investor. He’s a former secretary of Banking and Securities for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. He sits on the University of Pennsylvania Board of Trustees as well as on the boards of other prestigious organisations such as the Institute for New Economic Thinking. As you’ll discover Richard has some powerful insights into the good and bad aspects of debt. He talks about how it helps grow household wealth, while also promoting economic instability and rising inequality. Richard offers some thought-provoking ideas for helping households and businesses de-leverage and get their debts under control. Richard’s book is definitely worth a read. So I’d encourage you to grab a copy of it after you listen to this episode. I’ll include a link to the Amazon page for the book in the show notes. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Richard Vague on the paradox of debt.

Richard Vague. Thanks for joining me on the programme.

Richard Vague  01:54

Thank you so much for having me.

Gene Tunny  01:55

Excellent. Richard, I’m keen to speak with you about your new book The Paradox of Debt. Debt’s a huge issue around the world. I’ve had recent shows on the debt ceiling in the US and and also the, what they’re calling the emerging economy debt crisis, there’s been a lot of discussion about that. And it’s one of those things that seems to come back every now and then we have these, these debt crises in various places. And in your book, you’ve got, I think, a good description of historically what’s been happening in this, this process that we’ll talk about. Could I ask to start off with what made you want to write this book? What motivated you to write the paradox of debt?

Richard Vague  02:42

Well, thank you so much for asking. And thanks, again, for having me on your show. We had done a lot of work for a number of years about financial crises be it in the Great Depression, or the great financial crisis of 2008, and so forth. And really, all of those are tied up in private debt and really rapid escalations of private debt. And we wrote a book called A Brief History of Doom that chronicled the 43 largest financial crises in the world over the last 200 years. And as we went around and presented that folks would love what we had to say, but ask you know, what about the other side of the balance sheet? You know, what about the assets that these individuals have? And? And can you put this together with the government debt story that we normally spend more time on? So I after hearing that for a few years, I finally said, well, that those questions are legitimate, they’re productive. So let’s roll up our sleeves. And let’s get into it. Let’s look at the entire balance sheet of countries of the sectors within those countries. And that’s this book.

Gene Tunny  03:54

Okay. So you wrote a previous book, and you’ve been speaking with various different people about that. And this gave you the idea. You’ve had a distinguished career in business and public service. Are you taking lessons from that? Are there things you that you saw in your career that have helped inform this book that you’ve written?

Richard Vague  04:14

Absolutely, you know we were in the banking business. So I studied debt, from the context of being a president of a bank. For years and years and years. It’s all I did, but I didn’t think you know, when you’re CEO of a company, you really thinking about the results of that company, and you don’t step back and think about the equation as a whole. And so that’s that really changed in 2000 and 5,6,7, when we began to see this tsunami of mortgage debt in the United States that ultimately ended up being the great global financial crisis. So we I honed my ability to look at debt and my interest in debt over an entire 30 year career, but it took the GFC for me want to step back and look at it holistically.

Gene Tunny  05:11

Gotcha. Right. Okay. And you mentioned the balance sheet. So you wanted to look at all of the you want to look at the debt, you wanted to look at the, well the liabilities for the people who owe the money. But you also wanted to look at the the assets. So is that part of the problem is the problem that a lot of the money that was borrowed was spent on unproductive investments? Is that is that one of the issues that you’ve been looking at?

Richard Vague  05:41

Well, yeah, and I want to be careful with the word unproductive. There. But yes, when you see a great financial crises, as we’ve had in this country, many, many times, we had one in the Great Depression, we had one and the 1980s, we of course, had one in 2008. You see lenders lending too much. And really, what we see is they’re doing loans that in normal circumstances would be just fine, mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, but they overdo it. They do too many mortgage loans, they do too much construction debt. And not just a little bit too much, an egregious amount too much. So let’s take the 08 crisis, mortgage loans in 2002, were 5 trillion in the US by 2007. They’re 10 trade. So they doubled in five years. Well, you had to be a blind man to miss that. Or you had to have economic theories that excluded debt as a variable. And that’s really the way the Mac, the Orthodox macro economics profession looks at the economy, then their models don’t even take debt as a factor. So if you were looking at debt, it was easy to spot. It was egregious. And clearly, it’s one of the things we study.

Gene Tunny  07:16

Okay, so a couple of things that I’d like to discuss, Richard, what do you mean by their models? Don’t consider debt is a factor is that you? Are you saying that they’re too short term that they’re not thinking about the longer term and debt is in the short term, maybe you can get away with a buildup of debt. But in the long term, there can be a reckoning. So I just want to understand exactly what you’re saying there?

Richard Vague  07:41

Well, it’s surprising. But what’s called the DSGE model, which is the core model used by the Federal Reserve and academic economists everywhere, simply does not have bank and other forms of debt as a variable in the model, period. And you know, as as a career banker, I find that shocking. I’m not sure how you can study an economy without studying debt. But that is, in fact, the case. And it’s pervasive in orthodox economics. And that’s the very simple, straightforward reason that, you know, in 2005, and six and seven orthodox economists, were absolutely sanguine about the economy. At the very moment, it was about fall apart.

Gene Tunny  08:35

Yeah, yeah. I understand what you’re saying. And, and that’s true. So you’re talking about these DSGE models, these dynamic stochastic general equilibrium models of the economy. And yet you look at the macro models that the central banks run, and yeah, I mean, they’ve got a lot on inflation expectations on they’ve got their, their Phillips Curve and their Taylor rule. So they’ve got all of these traditional macro economic equations in them. But yeah, I have to look at what our RBA our Reserve Bank of Australia is doing here. But yep, I take your point and understand what you’re saying there. Now, I might have to have another look at that. And, yeah, I mean, I agree about in the lead up to the financial crisis. I mean, what was extraordinary about that I was in the when I was in the treasury at the time. So we were following it from the government perspective, also what was happening in the private sector, of course, because that was relevant to the state of the economy, government revenue, and what we’d have to borrow. But yeah, I remember just how much it did take a lot of people by surprise that suddenly everyone was talking about Hyman Minsky again. And someone who was considered a heterodox economist. And suddenly, everyone’s talking about the Minsky moment. So yeah, very, incredibly revealing time that one. So yeah, that’s more of a comment.

Richard Vague  09:56

Yeah, what I would say is, you know, I spent my career as a financial analyst, you know, as a as a bank executive, as a bank CEO, as in any of these capacities, you look at companies and industries, in the context of a balance sheet and income statement. And all any economy is, is the sum of the individuals and businesses and other institutions, primarily government institutions. In it, you just add those all up, and you have the aggregate balance sheet of the country. And so, you know, not coming up through a traditional economics route. I just took it as a given that the proper way to study an economy is the way I studied businesses and industries as a financial analyst. And this book, The Paradox of debt is that exercise, we just go in, and we look at it the way, you know, a financial analyst would look at it. And you’ll see for all seven of the largest countries in the world, we have assets, liability, income and expense, and we draw conclusions from that.

Gene Tunny  11:12

Okay. From that framework, Richard, what would you say are your key insights, and how that are different from the traditional way of looking at it?

Richard Vague  11:23

Well, one of the key insights is that debt always grows faster than the economy itself. And I spent decades in my banking career not even thinking about that. But to the extent I did, assuming that debt, you know, ebb and flow that it went up went down. But you know, over time, it was in a similar rein. That’s not even remotely true. Debt always grows faster than the economy. And we see that in the seven largest economies in the world that together constitute 60 plus percent of GDP. In the US, you know, circa 1980, debt to GDP, total debt, government debt, and private sector debt was 125% of GDP. Today, it’s more than double that level. So there’s no equilibrium, we are getting more and more leveraged as economic entities. So that’s the first thing that kind of hit you in the face, like a two by four, you know, we’re getting more and more leveraged. One of the other things that really is, you know, a central conclusion of this book, and again, was something that I hadn’t thought about, but is abundantly ever evident from the data is, the more debt you have, the higher the net worth of households go? So in 1980, at the time, you know, total debts 125% household net worth is about, let’s call it 350% of GDP. Here we are, you know, what is it 40 Something years later, debt has doubled. Net Worth, the net worth after subtracting debt of households is now almost 600%. So we should we actually demonstrate in the book that debt increased debt actually causes asset values to go up? And, you know, that’s good news insofar as it goes, but we also see show that it, it severely increases inequality, because the top 10% are the primary asset holders. So they’re seeing their net worth go up, you know, abundantly and folks kind of in the middle class and below, are not seeing increases in their net worth to GDP.

Gene Tunny  13:51

Gotcha. Okay. So yeah, a few things there. The so you talk about the tendency of debt to grow faster than the economy, and you’re talking about both private and public sector debt?

Richard Vague 14:03

The two added together.

Gene Tunny 14:06

Okay. And that you call this a debt staircase? Is that correct?

Richard Vague  14:11

Yeah, we’re very intentional about that, because most people call it the debt cycle. And while that’s, you know, somewhat accurate, it implies that debt returns to the previous level. Well, that essentially never happens. Debt will go up rapidly and then might come down, you know, a little bit it almost never comes down at all, frankly, and only in a calamity. And then it might plateau for a little while, and then it rapidly ascends again, to an entire new level. So we felt like debt cycle in a certain sense was misleading. So debt staircase really talks about we jump up to a new level plateau jump up in either higher level. That’s really been the history of debt in most countries.

Gene Tunny  15:05

Yeah. So I think this is that Ray Dalio, his idea of a debt cycle. I’m trying to remember who you are, I guess plenty of people, commentators talk about a debt cycle and leveraging

Richard Vague  15:16

it’s a natural tendency to think of things going up and down like a sine curve or something.

Gene Tunny  15:21

Yeah gotcha. Okay. Now, I want to go back to this, yeah, this tendency to go more and more into debt. And you mentioned that it does increase net worth. household net worth over time, and it’s increasing inequality. Yeah, I guess I’d probably Yeah, maybe I think too much in terms of the cycle. So I guess the story, many commentators or economists will tell us is the boom bust cycle. And there’s the exuberance, the over exuberance, and there’s too much lending, because there, there’s just too much optimism or frothiness, about the state of the economy and potential investments. And we see this time and time again, whether it’s railroads or whether it’s IT, whether it’s housing, there’s a there’s a new boom, and that’s when all the new debt gets created. So I’m just wondering, but it sounds like it’s not just a boom and bust phenomenon is it, you’re saying that this is something that actually has a there’s a trend increase in, in debt over time,

Richard Vague  16:30

you’re hitting the nail on the head, you know, I think that when people say boom, bust cycle, debt cycle, things like that, they kind of the unspoken implication is things return to the way they were previously. But that’s simply not the case. We instead, we have a boom, we have a bust, but we’re at an entirely new and higher level of leverage or indebtedness.

Gene Tunny  16:58

Hmm. Okay, I might ask you about this, what you call the paradox of debt. In your epilogue, you’ve got a really great summary of what this is. So I’ll just read this out, because I think this is really, really great. “This has revealed the paradox of debt, debt builds household net worth while also increasing inequality is essential for economic growth, and yet in excess leads all but inevitably to periodic economic calamity and stagnation. As a result, the paradox of debt portends the certainty of economic challenges and difficulties going forward, unless we are willing to get creative, and ambitious.” So I think that’s a really great summary of your of your arguments in this book, I want to unpack that I’d like to ask first, could you just explain again, how does this it builds household net worth, I get that because households are borrowing to invest in housing, but also in some other assets. But it also increases inequality. How does that work, Richard? How does it increase inequality at the same time?

Richard Vague  18:11

Well, this gets back to the relative distribution of stocks in real estate. Right now in the United States, household net worth is about $150 trillion. Let’s put that in perspective. Aggregate government debt is 31 trillion. So you can see household net worth really dwarfs anything else, it’s the biggest factor in any economy, and typically somewhere near 70%. So at least 60%, maybe near 70% of all household net worth is two things. Real Estate net of the debt to acquire that real estate, and stocks net of the debt to acquire those stocks. So your wealth really boils down typically, to those two things, your ownership of stocks and real estate. Well, the top 10% of households in the United States own 65% of all the stocks and real estate in the country. The bottom 60% That’s six zero % That’s surely most if not all of the middle class, collectively only own 14% one four % of all the stocks and real estate. So if stocks and real estate values go up, well then inequality by definition increases. And I think that is the fundamental equation in every developed economy. Debt goes up pushing asset values up. And since assets are held unequally, inequality widens.

Gene Tunny  20:04

And is it access to credit to then? And obviously the I guess the wealthier you are, the higher income, the more access, you have to credit. And that allows you to grow your wealth that way?

Richard Vague  20:15

Well, certainly that’s part of it. But even if we took the extreme example, where somebody in the top 10%, you know, had an asset had real estate, and a company selling goods, it is often the debt that the bottom 60% are accruing, or acquiring to buy the goods from the top 10% that contribute to this rising inequality. You know, famously, Apple didn’t really have much debt as a company and still doesn’t. But I guarantee you that the financing that’s provided to its customers, are what allow them to buy all the laptops and Macs and iPhones and, and other goods. I actually was a banker that provided some of that at one point in my career. So it’s the debt of the 60% that are buying the goods owned by from companies owned by the top 10%. That is part of this equation as well.

Gene Tunny  21:18

Right. And that’s, it sounds like that’s a sign that a lot of that is consumer debt. And so it’s not good debt, so to speak. So. Okay, what I want to understand which I’d love to know, your views on to what extent is this a good bet for the different players in the economy? So it sounds like so households seem to be on? Well, so far, they’ve Well, at least the the top 10% And maybe a larger share, they’ve done well out of this out of, you know, borrowing to invest? It’s, it’s been beneficial to them. I mean, that we’ve, you’ve had a housing crash, and you had one in LA, of course. So it’s not always, it’s not always smooth, but in general, have households benefited from it? What about business? I mean, clearly, some businesses have been able to access finance to grow, but then you do mention that, you know, this can lead to periods of economic stagnation. You talk about this debt, there’s a tax buyer, so the debt is favoured in the tax system in the states relative to equity finance. So how do you think about all of this in terms of is it rational to the whole debt? Or is it? How do you think about this? What about for business? And what about for government trying to regulate all of this, the central bank looking at it? I mean, to what extent should we be concerned about this growth of debt? There’s a lot there sorry, that I’m trying to understand the rationality, what your views are on that, please?

Richard Vague  22:52

Well, I would, what we do in the book is we divide debt, private sector debt into two categories. Type one debt and type two debt. And type one debt is debt for spending on new things, you know, and type two debt is spending to acquire an asset. Now, I’m being a little simplest, overly simplistic here. But, you know, from my perspective, if you borrow to go on a vacation, that debts a little bit more problematic, than if you buy you borrow to buy a house, or a company or something like that, you know, you might, you know, buy a small, you know, gift shop, or a retail store, you might borrow to buy a house or buy a rental property, those have a better chance of increasing your wealth, then the debt you incur to buy that motorcycle you’ve always wanted or go on that trip to Haiti, or what have you, and that that’s a little bit too simplistic, but directionally, I think, that would reveal the direction of our thinking about, you know, what debt we would encourage individuals to enter into and not.

Gene Tunny  24:17

Okay, so that’s for individuals, you mentioned this tax, this the tax system and how that works and how it favours debt finance. Is this part of the story? Is this does this mean that companies end up borrowing too much money and then to an extent, they can then invest in unproductive assets? Is this part of the story this, this tax treatment of the debt because of the interest payments are tax deductible and therefore, the other reforms? Is there any reform to that system that you see to the tax system that you you would propose?

Richard Vague  24:56

Well, you know, this is I think, is something that’s been debated endlessly for a long time. But you know, the, what we want to do, I think, and I think this would be true of all of us, I don’t think you’d find a lot of disagreement around this, what we want to do is we want to encourage stock ownership. And what we would like to somewhat avoid is the accumulation of too much debt. The irony is that the tax code would drive us in the opposite direction, because, you know, much of the interest we incur on debt is tax deductible. That’s a little less true than it was a generation ago. But it’s still, you know, broadly true. And at the same time, companies are double taxed, you know, on the stock side of things, so, you know, they’re taxed on earnings, and then the holder of the equity is taxed on dividends, but it’s famously referred to as double taxation. So, you know, I don’t think changing that changes the world irrevocably or radically, but I think at the margin, if we switch that around, you know, and made, you know, took away the tax penalty on the equity side and took away the remainder of the advantage on the borrowing side. At the margin, it would make a difference over time.

Gene Tunny  26:23

Okay, yep. So, so some difference, but it wouldn’t be the it wouldn’t completely solve this.

Richard Vague  26:29

It’s not the magic bullet

Gene Tunny  26:31

Not the magic bullet. Okay. Okay. Fair enough. Right. Well, I want to ask now about back to your, your summary of the paradox of debt. So “paradox of debt portends the certainty of economic challenges and difficulties going forward unless we are willing to get creative and ambitious” first, how bad could those economic challenges get? So when we were talking about risk, see you talk about how this debts leading inevitably to periodic economic calamity, calamity and stagnation? Are you seeing another financial crisis down the track for the US and the global economy?

Richard Vague  27:10

Well, we measure that by how rapidly the escalation in private debt to GDP is in a short period of time. And we do not see that as a problem in the US at the moment. It’s certainly a problem in China. You know, the Evergrande debacle that we all read about this past year was a direct result of an escalation in the equivalent of private so you know, there’s no private sector in China to speak up. But, you know, non government debt or the equivalent of private debt has shot up since 2008, in China in an unprecedented way. And I think one of the things you have there as a result is something on the order of 100 million empty dwellings, buildings were built in the interest of economic growth, that there are overcapacity, and thus, there are no buyers for so, you know, I think most western economies developed economies right now are not in danger of an imminent financial crisis. I think China’s got got its hands full.

Gene Tunny  28:23

Right, right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Good point about China. I had a guest from the business school in Arizona, I think it was on last year to talk about the enterprise China model where just the close links between the business in China and the the the administration over there, so you know, good, good point about that. What about the regional banking crisis in the US? Is that something you’re concerned about? Richard? That’s something that’s been talked about recently.

Richard Vague  29:00

Yeah, it’s it’s a minor concern. It’s not a major concern. You know, there were some banks that broke the, one of the fundamental laws of banking. In banking, you’re supposed to match the maturity of assets and liabilities. You know, I entered banking as a young cub in the late 1970s. And, you know, I think one of the very first reports I was asked to prepare was the asset and liability matching report. So if it, you know, 5% of your assets, were at a 10 year maturity, then 5% of your liabilities were supposed to be at a 10 year maturity, and if 30% of your assets were at a, you know, one month or less maturity, you know, 30% of your liability, so, it matched so that if interest rates went up or down, the spread between the two would be relatively constant. What you didn’t want to have is a lot of long term assets, five year, ten year twenty year bonds, for example, funded by zero maturity liabilities, checking accounts, basically, or what we call demand deposits in the industry. You didn’t want to have that. Because if interest rates go up sharply, you’re screwed. That’s not a new concept. That’s banking 101. Well, what happened was interest rates were so low, and you had certain institutions like Silicon Valley Bank, who had way more deposits than they needed or should have had. And it was actually a penalty to them, because the yield on those assets was so low. Well, what you do to increase the yield on your excess assets is to buy long bonds. It’s the tempt, it’s like, you know, the forbidden fruit in the garden of Eden, you’re not supposed to do that. And everybody knows, you’re not supposed to do that. And yet they did it. And they did it in a huge way, they made a huge bet, has nothing to do with credit quality, has nothing to do with, you know, the fundamentals of the banking system as a whole. It represents their falling to the temptation in a in a gigantic way. And they weren’t the only ones. But it’s not so pervasive, that it’s a sustaining threat to the US banking system, it’s, you can go look at any banks, you know, call reports and other financial information. And we know exactly how much of this misbehaviour occurred and which institutions that occurred in and it’ll it’ll hurt, it’ll hurt a few and it’s hurting a few. It does not represent, you know, I’m gonna put a put a dimension on it. It’s a several 100 billion dollar problem in in an industry that has well over 2 trillion in capital, so it’s not a sustainable growth.

Gene Tunny  32:05

Okay. Okay. That’s, that’s fair enough. I’ll go back to your points on the paradox of debt. Yes, the creative and ambitious solutions you talk about, one of the things you talk about is a debt jubilee? Could you please explain what you mean by that, Richard?

Richard Vague  32:23

Yeah, this is, this is a hard problem. If as the evidence shows, debt always grows faster than GDP, You’ve almost got an engineering problem. You know, it’s as if you were designing an engine, and you found out after you had built it, that the temperature of that engine grows perpetually? Well, as an engineer, you could predict that that engine is going to explode from time to time. So you would introduce some kind of exhaust system or heat valve escape system to try to combat or overcome the perpetual increase in the temperature of that engine. I think we’ve got the same problem. You know, in modern developed economies, they always get more leverage. And so we’ve got, you know, put put your ideology aside put, you know, put all you’ve learned aside, you’ve got a problem here. And, and unless we solve it, we’re going to continue to have a couple of things happen, we’re going to have periodic crises. And we’re going to continue to have a slower and slower economic growth, as businesses and individuals get, you know, what I would call stultified by high levels of death. That leaves you with kind of only one solution, and that is ways of taking away debts that do not involve paying down that debt. Because paying down debt and aggregate just produces GDP, right. So we get into this quite a bit in the book. But there’s no easy way to do this. So I propose, you know, I kind of go out on a limb and try and propose some areas that maybe hopefully will provoke some thinking. So for example, student debt, which has gone from in the United States, a couple of 100 billion dollars to over one and a half trillion dollars really within a very short period of time. So you got all these students who graduate and then you know, lug around too much student debt for the next 20 or 30 or 40 years of their life. How about a programme where even I don’t support a programme of just forgiving all that debt, because it penalises the folks that were that did pay their debt. But I do think a programme whereby we let them do you know, a certain amount of voluntary community or civic work, you know, over, you know, five or 10 year period as a way to get relief on their student debt is something that we could consider. So, right now, if you graduate with student debt, and you enter government service, and you stay there for 10 years and you make 10 years worth of payments, you get whatever’s remaining of your student debt forgiven? Well, let’s, let’s create something that’s similar to that for the private sector. If you did 800 hours of community service, let’s say, after 10 years, the remainder of your student debt would be gone. That’s what I mean, when I say let’s get creative. Let’s try to think of ways to do this.

Gene Tunny  35:43

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  35:48

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics, we offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  36:18

Now back to the show. So debt jubilee is about debt forgiveness in in some form or another and there might be some community service for two so people could reduce their student debt. What about a more broader programme of debt forgiveness? Is that what you’re proposing in the private sector debt banks forgiving part of the debt? How does it all work?

Richard Vague  36:44

Here’s another idea. Because like I said, I stopped short of just getting a magic wand out and forgiving everyone debt, which, by the way, is what in ancient civilizations, rulers would do. And I think, you know, guys like Michael Hudson and your countrymen, Mike, Steve Keen and others have have talked about, you know, this is Hammurabi, this is Ancient Egypt, this is even ancient China. We don’t have that luxury. So let’s get creative. And, you know, another possible programme would be, after the ’08 crisis, when, you know, it was probably on the order of 15 million mortgages in the United States that were underwater by 10% or more. How about kind of a debt debt to equity exchange, you know, if the lender would write the mortgage down to the new current market value, appraised value. So maybe you bought a house that was 300,000. And now it’s only worth 200,000, you’ve still got a $300,000 mortgage? If the lender will write it down to that new value, and write your payments down proportionately? Well, then you would, in exchange, give the lender certain ownership of the house, which would be realised only on the event of a sale of the house. So they would get the upside. And the way the government could facilitate that is by going to the lender and saying, if you do this, we won’t make you take that as a hit against earnings in the current period. We’ll let you amortise that over, pick a number 30 years. So it’s kind of a win win win at that point that the bank deals with problem loans, the individual gets a lower payment. And the lender has the potential upside down the road if the house is sold.

Gene Tunny  38:49

Okay. Okay. So you’re talking about something that is voluntary, you’re not going to compel banks or lenders to to forgive part of their loans or force them into restructuring your you want this voluntary, but there may be some policy tweaks that could facilitate this restructuring. Is that the argument that you’re making, Richard?

Richard Vague  39:12

Yeah, to make it real, legislatively realistic or feasible? You, you have to construct it. So it there’s something in it for everybody.

Gene Tunny  39:22

Gotcha. Gotcha. And I think one of the interesting points you make is that, look, debt’s a contract. Do you quote, Dave Graeber on this, if I remember correctly, and look, these things get renegotiated. Well, throughout history, we see various periods in which there’s restructuring of debt. I mean, what’s extraordinary is that, you know, some countries seem to the periodically defaulting or and then there’s restructuring and then the banks keep lend to them 20 years later, and then you go through the same thing.

Richard Vague  39:55

Yeah contracts are contracts, you know that you know, if you are a data servicing provider and somebody wants you to write a programme and have it done by August 1, and you don’t have it done by August 1, you haven’t done by the following February. That’s not a moral failure. And, you know, but somehow, and folks like Hudson would argue for good reason. People have conflated morality with performance in a commercial contract. So if an individual doesn’t repay their debt, that’s, that’s a moral flaw or moral moral failing. Well, in my career, I was in banking for 37 years and debt contracts with companies get renegotiated all the time, you know, the company, you know, was manufacturing XYZ product and a competitor came along selling for half of what XYZ was being sold for, and we all knew that this debt was never going to repay. And if we absolutely enforced that repayment, we would cause the company to fail and get zero of our money back. Well, instead, we restructured the note so that we get paid half of what we rode back, the country could company could survive and compete. So you know, a rational restructuring of debt goes on in the banking industry all the time, all day, every day. And I think the light bulb that went on for me was, you know, 10 years or so ago when David Graeber’s book, delightful book, you know, ‘Debt: The First 5000 Years’ and he, and he just says, you know, this is not a moral issue. This is a contractual issue.

Gene Tunny  41:43

Yeah, yeah. Want to ask, What about the policy changes? So you in a official position, you’re in a very senior position in Pennsylvania, but I imagine that this would require a federal change regulatory or legislative changes do have you thought about what, what could be done at a policy level to help smooth things to help make it easier to help make it easier for restructuring to to help households and businesses deal with this higher debt that that we’ve seen?

Richard Vague  42:19

I think the federal regulators in the Fed in particular have this ability. And there are a couple of famous instances of this. And to me, the most famous and applicable would have been in the early 1980s, when the New York money centre banks had been making lots of loans to less developed countries, the predominance of which were in South America. And, you know, they got to a point where the what were called LDC or less developed country debt was equal to, I think so, you know, well over 100%, of the capital of those New York money centre banks. So, you know, 150, 100, and the number that comes to mind is 170% was a big, big number, such that when things turn because of interest rates and the rising price of oil, if the regulator’s had come in and enforced their normal rules, all the New York banks would have failed, which, you know, by the way, would not have been a good thing for the country for, New York, for anybody. And so Paul Volcker, one of the giants of economic history came in, this was in the days before Twitter, and all those other ways in which information leaks, so porously, called those bankers into a room and said, We’re not going you know, you kind of put a fence around this, we’re not going to deduct these loans, from, you know, our analysis of your capital reserve adequacy. But you guys better get busy. And over the next several years, all your earnings ought to go towards building up reserves, again, so much of this as you can muster over the next few years. And then whenever you get a big enough cushion, we want you to write it down. That is exactly the kind of thing and by the way, they did this in a more structured and overt way relative to the savings and loan industry, which at that exact time had a very similar problem. That’s a way the regulators can step in the case of the LDCs. It was a regulatory matter. In the case of the same Solomons, it was actually a legislative matter. But those are ways you can do this. And sure enough, but I can I think it was 86 or 87 when Citibank announced a billion dollar write down of its LDC debt? Well, it shocked the world. But it related to a conversation that actually been held four years earlier. And for Citibank to do that was actually an announcement, they were now in good shape, rather than an announcement that they were in bad shape. They’d been forced do the same thing in 82 they would have failed. They had four years worth of earnings to cushion that. And it was it was actually a positive cleanup sign.

Gene Tunny  45:30

Yeah, yeah. So just, just to be clear, I mean, the reason I’m just just want to make sure I understand this properly in your, in your view as a banker, so what’s the, how are bankers looking at this when they do agree to a restructure or write down, they’re figuring that we can extend the term of the loan, or maybe we can cut the interest rate, or we take a haircut ourselves, we write down some of the value, they figure that well, this makes it more likely that they’ll actually be able to pay us back the full amount is that they’ll survive? Is that the logic from a bankers perspective?

Richard Vague  46:03

Yeah, if you’re the banker, the first thing, let’s just say it’s $100,000 write down, if you’re allowed to take that over 30 years, the hit to earnings this year is what? Roughly $3,000 instead of $100,000. You know, the second thing I would do in that case, is let them take the full deduction for a tax standpoint, because you know, most companies have regulatory accounting and tax accounting are two separate things. So they don’t have to take it, from a regulatory standpoint, they get to take it from a tax standpoint. So probably from a current earnings standpoint, at that point, they’re just fine. But in the meantime, the consumer who was struggling with their, you know, their loan now has a loan, they can make payments on adequately. So they they go from having a credit that is a troubled, questionable credit, to a credit, that is a solid credit. As it relates to the consumer, the household, they now have breathing room, they can go back to being kind of a regular participant in the economy, they now have a little extra money not only to make their payment, but to go on vacation and go out to restaurants and this that the other. And their give up is seven years down the road when they sell their house and they they get a gain of you know, $50,000 or whatever they might have give a third or a half of that to the bank, whatever they negotiated. So it makes it comfortable and possible for everyone. That’s why think of it is kind of a win win win.

Gene Tunny  47:50

Yeah. Okay. Very good. Richard, we’re coming to the end of our time. Any final thoughts, any additional thoughts on what other policy measures may be desirable? Or that you’re someone who’s concerned about the inequality in the US? And, you know, clearly that has grown over the last few decades? Are there any other policy measures you’d be recommending to address that?

Richard Vague  48:14

Well, I would make the observation that if the bottom 60% of the US population only holds 14% of the stocks and real estate, that you can probably afford to actually give tax incentives? You know, because we talked earlier about just modifying the penalties. But how about a tax credit, if you buy stock or a tax credit, if you buy real estate, for those, that bottom 60% It’s such a small number, that you have the room to do that without affecting the tax receipts of the government by much, if any, might actually be a positive there. So I make the point that there’s the latitude to create incentives for accumulating asset ownership among that group that we could be taking advantage of that will probably that we’re not. And there’s other things in that final chapter that we touch on too. And they may all be terrible ideas. Hopefully, some of them are good ideas. But, you know, having set up the problem in the first 90% of the book, we we take a stab at, you know, maybe some ways to deal with it in the last chapter.

Gene Tunny  49:29

Yeah, yeah. So, I mean, we talked about forgiveness or the debt jubilee as a possibility, renegotiations. Then you mentioned some, you’re trying to encourage asset ownership and then there are some others one other one or two that you you’d like to highlight.

Richard Vague  49:45

You know, it kind of kind of gets off the subject a little bit, but I put it in there anyway. I think there needs to be massive job training because if you want the bottom 60% to accumulate assets, you got to give them a little more income. We got a situation in the US that I think it’s parallel, at least to a certain extent elsewhere, that we’ve got a lot of jobs that need training that are going unfilled. We got a lot of under under employed people that don’t don’t qualify for that job that feels to me like a perfect place for government to step in, in conjunction with the private sector, and especially the companies and underwrite that, you know, I think it’s kind of the spiritual equivalent of, in the US what we call the GI Bill, where after World War Two, we underwrote college education for pretty much all the returning soldiers. And I think that helped fuel the increased size of the middle class and the 50s and 60s, I think there’s that opportunity here.

Gene Tunny  50:47

Okay. Well, Richard, thanks so much. And I’ll put a link in the show notes to your book. And yeah, I’d encourage people to buy it and read it. So it’s published by the University of Pennsylvania Press.

Richard Vague 51:16

Yes.

Gene Tunny 51:18

Very good. So very distinguished publisher, and yeah, well researched, and lots of lots of good facts and figures. And yeah, very interesting analysis. And, but very good. But Richard, thanks so much for your time. I really appreciate it. And good luck with the book sales. Yes. And I hope you, you get a lot of a lot of readers and a lot of people are engaging with you on the issues, and I certainly enjoyed our conversation. So again, thanks so much.

Richard Vague  51:29

It’s a privilege and I’m all thanks go to you.

Gene Tunny  51:32

Very good. Thanks, Richard.

Richard Vague 51:36

Bye bye

Gene Tunny 51:39

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

52:23

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this. To begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Exit mobile version